| 1 | In a transformer, frictional loss is ___ |
| 2 | Buchholz relay is used ___ |
| 3 | The iron losses of a transformer can be calculated by ___ |
| 4 | A transformer having a turn ratio 1 : 5 and a resistance of 1000 ohms is ___ |
| 5 | A transformer is working at its ___ |
| 6 | If a transformer is switched on to a voltage more than ___ |
| 7 | Which of the following is the most likely source of harmonics in a transformer? |
| 8 | A good voltage regulation of a transformer means ___ |
| 9 | Which of the following is not the standard voltage for power supply in India? |
| 10 | The secondary winding of which of the following transformers is always kept closed? |
| 11 | When secondary of a current transformer is open-circuited its ___ |
| 12 | Two transformers are connected in ___ |
| 13 | Harmonics in transformer result in ___ |
| 14 | The primary winding of a Schrage motor is ___ |
| 15 | Torque development in a dc motor depends on ___ |
| 16 | The flux leakage coefficient in dc machine is ___ |
| 17 | A flywheel is employed with a dc compound motor to reduce the peak demand, the ___ |
| 18 | A separately excited dc generator is ___ |
| 19 | When the direction of power flow in a differential compounded motor ___ |
| 20 | Which of the following dc motor has maximum ___ |
| 21 | A DC series motor is used for overhauling load ___ |
| 22 | A DC series motor is best suited for electrical ___ |
| 23 | A DC shunt motor is driving a constant torque load ___ |
| 24 | An electrical train employing a dc series motor is running at the fixed speed, when a sudden slight drop in ___ |
| 25 | A thick wire is used in dc series motor field winding than that in ___ |
| 26 | The direction of rotation of a dc motor can be ___ |
| 27 | When a dc machine is connected to the dc supply main it ___ |
| 28 | The direction of the armature current in a ___ |
| 29 | If the back emf in a dc motor varnishes suddenly, then ___ |
| 30 | The output power of any electrical motor is taken from ___ |
| 31 | The no load current of the transformer lags behind the ___ |
| 32 | The power factor of the transformer on no load is ___ |
| 33 | Total emf induced in the primary winding is due to ___ |
| 34 | The emf induced in the ___ |
| 35 | The flux created by the current flowing through the ___ |
| 36 | If the dc voltage is applied instead of ac voltage to the ___ |
| 37 | In a transformer operating at constant voltage if the input frequency increases ___ |
| 38 | The value of the flux involved in the emf equation for a ___ |
| 39 | The transformer has zero regulation at ___ |
| 40 | In a transformer circuit mode, the core loss is ___ |
| 41 | The flux in the transformer core ___ |
| 42 | The power factor of the power transformer on no load will ___ |
| 43 | In a transformer ___ decreases with increase in the leakage flux |
| 44 | The mutual flux in a loaded transformer can be ___ |
| 45 | Open circuit test in the transformer is ___ |
| 46 | If the supply frequency of the transformer is ___ |
| 47 | The all day efficiency of the distribution transformer is ___ |
| 48 | The thickness of the transformer core laminations is ___ |
| 49 | The hum in a transformer is mainly attributed to ___ |
| 50 | Grain oriented laminated sheet steel in ___ |
| 51 | Multi step core is used in a ___ |
| 52 | Conservator is employed to ___ |
| 53 | In order to reduce hysteresis loss ___ |
| 54 | The joints of the transformer core lamination are ___ |
| 55 | The desirable properties of transformer ___ |
| 56 | The losses which vary with variation in ___ |
| 57 | The open circuit test of the transformer gives ___ |
| 58 | During short circuit the core losses are ___ |
| 59 | A transformer is supplying pure resistive (unity power factor) load ___ |
| 60 | Positive regulation of the transformer is indication of ___ |
| 61 | Natural air cooling is used for the transformers of the ___ |
| 62 | The use of high flux density in the design of the ___ |
| 63 | Distribution transformers are designed to have ___ |
| 64 | The size of the transformer core depends on ___ |
| 65 | The transformer efficiency under heavy loads is ___ |
| 66 | In a transformer, iron core is provided in ___ |
| 67 | The iron loss in a 100 kVA transformer is 1 kW and the full load copper losses are ___ |
| 68 | For minimum weight of the transformer, the iron weight should be ___ |
| 69 | The Transformer core laminations are insulated from ___ |
| 70 | The transformer oil should have ___ |
| 71 | Low voltage winding is placed next to the core in the case of ___ |
| 72 | Major insulation in a transformer is the ___ |
| 73 | The chemical used in the breather is ___ |
| 74 | Which of the following transformer connection will give ___ |
| 75 | The distribution transformer is designed with minimum possible ___ |
| 76 | In large power transformer, best utilization of available core space can be made by ___ |
| 77 | The most common method of cooling employed in ___ |
| 78 | Five limb core construction is preferred over three limb construction as in this ___ |
| 79 | The winding used in 3-phase shell type transformer is ___ |
| 80 | A Distribution transformer is selected on the ___ |
| 81 | Power transformers are provided with additional ___ |
| 82 | Which of the following 3-phase connection of a transformer causes interference with the ___ |
| 83 | The excessive temperature rise in the Transformer causes ___ |
| 84 | Tappings of a transformer are ___ |
| 85 | Maximum transient currents flow through the transformer winding when when it is switched on with its secondary winding ___ |
| 86 | For successful parallel operation of two single phase transformers, the most ____ |
| 87 | Scott connections are used ___ |
| 88 | The magnetizing current in a transformer is ___ |
| 89 | In which of the transformer, the tertiary winding is ___ |
| 90 | A 3-phase transformer over a bank of 3-single phase transformers of ___ |
| 91 | In a Delta -Delta connection, if one of the transformer winding is ___ |
| 92 | A distribution transformer is required to ___ |
| 93 | With stepping in construction of the ___ |
| 94 | Which of the following statements associated with the Buchholz relay is ___ |
| 95 | Transformer core is ___ |
| 96 | Which of the following will improve the mutual coupling between primary and ___ |
| 97 | In order to reduce the ___ |
| 98 | The core used in high frequency transformer is ___ |
| 99 | For transformers employing CRGO, the area of the yoke is taken ___ |
| 100 | The thickness of transformer core laminations is ___ |
| 101 | The color of fresh dielectric oil used in the ___ |
| 102 | A shell type transformer is commonly used as ___ |
| 103 | Two transformers of identical voltages but different capacities are operated in ___ |
| 104 | The yoke sections of transformers employing controlled laminations is ___ |
| 105 | The rotor of a hysteresis motor is made of magnetic material having area of ___ |
| 106 | A 3-phase slip-ring induction motor having negligible stator impedance drives a ___ |
| 107 | Which of the following is not the disadvantage of an induction generator ___ |
| 108 | Grain oriented laminated sheet steel in transformer reduces ___ |
| 109 | Single phase induction motor built with a variable air gap and ___ |
| 110 | If the applied voltage across a 3-phase induction motor is reduced to ___ |
| 111 | In which of the following aspects induction generator does not differ from a synchronous generator? |
| 112 | The all-day efficiency of a transformer depends primarily on ___ |
| 113 | In a repulsion motor, torque developed will be zero when brush axis is at ___ |
| 114 | Under which of the following starting methods, an induction motor draws largest starting current? |
| 115 | If a squirrel cage induction motor runs slow, the probable cause could be ___ |
| 116 | What is load at which maximum efficiency occurs in case of a ___ |
| 117 | Which of the following statements associated with repulsion motor is wrong? |
| 118 | This size of a high speed motor is ___ |
| 119 | At sub-synchronous speeds. in Kramer system, the electrical power fed to ___ |
| 120 | The efficiency of a power transformer can be ___ |
| 121 | In a universal motor the most common cause(s) of ___ |
| 122 | Increase in supply voltage to a 3-phase induction motor will not ___ |
| 123 | The njected emf in the rotor of induction motor must have ___ |
| 124 | The nominal short-circuit voltage (VSCN) of a transformer means ___ |
| 125 | In ac series motors armature coils are usually connected to ___ |
| 126 | A squirrel cage induction motor is not favoured when ___ |
| 127 | The speed of a 4-pole induction motor is controlled by varying the supply frequency while maintaining the ratio of ___ |
| 128 | The main purpose of performing open-circuit on a transformer is to ___ |
| 129 | AC series motors in comparison to dc series motors do not have ___ |
| 130 | Squirrel cage induction motors have the disadvantages of ___ |
| 131 | The speed of an induction motor depends on ___ |
| 132 | The losses in a transformer are ___ |
| 133 | In various types of split-phase l-phase induction motors, the ___ |
| 134 | The outer cage of a double squirrel rotor consists of ___ |
| 135 | Which of the following starting methods cannot be used for ___ |
| 136 | In the transformer circuit mode, the core loss is represented as a ___ |
| 137 | The difference between the number of stator slots and that of rotor slots in ___ |
| 138 | Primary series resistors are employed in the stator for starting a ___ |
| 139 | The primary ampere-turns are counter balanced by ___ |
| 140 | Two capacitor type induction motors have the main drawback of ___ |
| 141 | An increase in number of poles of an induction motor results in ___ |
| 142 | For starting a small induction motor DOL starter is used in place of ___ |
| 143 | In a transformer, the exciting current will be in phase quadrature with the ___ |
| 144 | In comparison to a resistance start motor, the capacitor start motor has ___ |
| 145 | The phenomenon of crawling in a 3-phase induction motor may be due to ___ |
| 146 | The starting torque of an induction motor varies as ___ |
| 147 | A 50 Hz transformer having equal hysteresis and eddy current losses at ___ |
| 148 | Capacitor in a single-phase induction motor is used for ___ |
| 149 | A 3-phase induction motor when started picks up speed but runs stably at ___ |
| 150 | If a 3-phase induction motor is started when one of the phases is ___ |
| 151 | The core flux in transformer depends mainly on ___ |
| 152 | The power factor at which single phase induction motors usually operate is ___ |
| 153 | For high starting torque. the most suitable 3-phase induction motor is ___ |
| 154 | In a transformer, electrical power is transferred from primary to ___ |
| 155 | An 8-pole single phase induction motor is running at ___ |
| 156 | An induction motor always operates on ___ |
| 157 | During starting of a double cage induction motor, the current induced in the ___ |
| 158 | In a phase-shift control, the phase shift between anode and grid voltages can be ___ |
| 159 | A dual voltage single phase ac motor can be ___ |
| 160 | The no-load current in an induction motor is in comparison to that of ___ |
| 161 | In 3-phase induction motors, copper bars are placed deep in the ___ |
| 162 | Reactor is introduced in the ignition circuit of a ___ |
| 163 | A 3-phase slip-ring induction motor is fed from the rotor side with ___ |
| 164 | In an induction motor, what is the ratio of rotor copper loss and rotor input? |
| 165 | In a 3-phase induction motor, the stator slots are ___ |
| 166 | Which motor should not be used for centrifugal pumps? |
| 167 | An electric train employing a dc series motor is running at a ___ |
| 168 | The dc motor most suitable for applications requiring high starting torque is ___ |
| 169 | A 220 V dc machine supplies 20 A at 200 V as ___ |
| 170 | When a dc cumulative compound wound motor is ___ |
| 171 | The toque-speed characteristic of a dc shunt motor is ___ |
| 172 | If the terminal voltage of a dc shunt motor is halved with the ___ |
| 173 | Armature torque of a dc motor is a function of which of the following factors? |
| 174 | In case of a dc series motor it is possible to have finite no-load speed if a ___ |
| 175 | A 400 V dc shunt motor takes 5 A at ___ |
| 176 | A flywheel is normally fitted to ___ |
| 177 | A series motor is working drawing a load current of 1 A from the ___ |
| 178 | The direction of rotation of a dc motor can he determined by ___ |
| 179 | A 240V dc shunt motor with an armature resistance of 0.5 Ω has a full-load current of ___ |
| 180 | With the increase in speed of a ___ |
| 181 | Torque developed in a dc motor depends upon ___ |
| 182 | In the case of parallel operation of dc compound wound generators, for proper division of ___ |
| 183 | When is the mechanical power developed by a dc motor maximum? |
| 184 | A dc series generator is employed ___ |
| 185 | A dc generator will be flat compounded if ___ |
| 186 | A thicker wire is used in dc series motor field winding than that in a ___ |
| 187 | A shunt generator has a critical field resistance of 200 ω at a ___ |
| 188 | A 220 V dc machine has an armature resistance of ___ |
| 189 | The fall in speed of a dc generator due to increase in load can be corrected by ___ |
| 190 | Two dc shunt generators having equal open-circuit emfs but slight different load characteristics are ___ |
| 191 | The interpole air gap is ____that under the field poles, in dc machines |
| 192 | The voltmeter connected across a generator reads voltage same at ___ |
| 193 | The compensating windings are placed in the slots in the pole faces to ___ |
| 194 | Which of the following dc generators will have negligible terminal voltage on no load? |
| 195 | If the brushes are given a small amount of forward shift in case of a ___ |
| 196 | The terminal voltage of an overcompounded dc generator ___ |
| 197 | The armature mmf of a dc machine has ___ |
| 198 | The voltage at the terminals of a dc series generator running at ___ |
| 199 | The field coils of a dynamo have an inductance of ___ |
| 200 | When the shunt field of a dc compound generator is connected across both the ___ |
| 201 | In a dc machine, the armature winding is made up of number of coils distributed in ___ |
| 202 | The compensating winding in a ___ |
| 203 | In order to ascertain whether a dc machine is lap wound or wave wound on the ___ |
| 204 | If the armature current is increased to double its previous value, and the time of ___ |
| 205 | Minimum number of coils for 400 V, 6-pole lap connected dc machine for a ___ |
| 206 | Under-commutation results in ___ |
| 207 | Wave winding is employed in a dc machine of ___ |
| 208 | Armature reaction in a dc shunt generator, running at full load with the brushes not ___ |
| 209 | What are slot wedges in a dc machine made of? |
| 210 | A 4-pole dynamo with wave wound armature has ___ |
| 211 | The field coils of a dc generator are usually made of ___ |
| 212 | Number of tappings to each equalizer ring is equal to number of ___ |
| 213 | How many segments will be there for the commutator of a ___ |
| 214 | For a linear electromagnetic circuit, the following statement is true ___ |
| 215 | In a dc machine, for the same value of ε, Zand N which one of the following statements is Correct? |
| 216 | Growler is used to detect ___ |
| 217 | 4 pole generator with 16 coils has a two layer lap winding ___ |
| 218 | Which of the following statements associated with Amplidyne and Metadyne are correct? |
| 219 | To avoid formation of grooves in the ___ |
| 220 | Which of the following is not a cross-field machine? |
| 221 | The ventilating ducts in most of the dc machines are ___ |
| 222 | The efficiency of a dc machine can be determined without directly loading it ___ |
| 223 | Generally the no-load losses of an electrical machine is represented in its ___ |
| 224 | The overall efficiency of a well designed dc machine may be expected to ___ |
| 225 | Reluctance torque in rotating machines is present, when ___ |
| 226 | In a dc machine, ohmic or copper losses occur in ___ |
| 227 | Before connecting the motor to the supply mains it is necessary to ensure that ___ |
| 228 | Hysteresis loss in a dc machine is independent of ___ |
| 229 | In Rosenberg generators ___ |
| 230 | Field copper losses are constant in dc ___ |
| 231 | In the field’s test for dc series machines, the difficulty of obtaining readings at ___ |
| 232 | The simplest form of a motor controller is ___ |
| 233 | The main disadvantage of Hopkinson’s test is that ___ |
| 234 | If the handle of a three point starter goes back to OFF position, it may be due to ___ |
| 235 | In Swinburne’s test of determination of efficiency of a dc shunt machine the ___ |
| 236 | At starting, the field excitation of a dc shunt motor is kept at its ___ |
| 237 | DC machines are generally designed for maximum efficiency around ___ |
| 238 | A cumulatively compounded long shunt motor is driving a load at ___ |
| 239 | The armature resistance of a PMDC motor is ___ |
| 240 | A dc series motor driving an electric train faces a ___ |
| 241 | The core (or iron) losses, in a dc machine occur due to ___ |
| 242 | In a Ward-Leonard drive, if the field current of the dc generator is ___ |
| 243 | In a dc machine mechanical losses occur due to ___ |
| 244 | The speed of a dc shunt motor supplying a load at its rated speed can be ___ |
| 245 | Regenerative braking is based on that the back emf is ___ |
| 246 | The speed of a dc shunt motor may be varied by varying ___ |
| 247 | In plugging of a dc shunt motor, the resistance is inserted in the ___ |
| 248 | Which of the following dc motors will have highest percentage increase of ___ |
| 249 | A 4-point starter is used to start and control the speed of a ___ |
| 250 | A cumulatively compounded dc motor runs at a ___ |
| 251 | Direct-on-line (DOL) starters are not suitable for starting large ___ |
| 252 | In a dc motor, if armature current is increased, keeping field current constant ___ |
| 253 | If an additional resistance is connected in series with a ___ |
| 254 | In a dc motor if the brushes are given a backward shift, then ___ |
| 255 | For very sensitive and wide speed control, the preferable control method is ___ |
| 256 | In an electric motor, the electromagnetic torque developed is ___ |
| 257 | If the voltage applied across the armature of a dc motor is reduced by ___ |
| 258 | Torque developed by the armature of a dc motor is proportional to which one of the following? |
| 259 | A dc shunt motor is fitted with a field regulator for ___ |
| 260 | A dc motor develops the maximum mechanical power when the ___ |
| 261 | A motor used for punching machine is usually subjected to ___ |
| 262 | In a dc compound motor the field regulator is ___ |
| 263 | The dc motor, that has poorest speed regulation, is ___ |
| 264 | In a dc motor, energy conversion would not have been possible but for ___ |
| 265 | Running the machine at no load is inadvisable for ___ |
| 266 | The main factor that leads to unstable parallel operation of flat or ___ |
| 267 | A differentially compounded dc motor with interpoles and with brushes on the ___ |
| 268 | A dc shunt motor may have rising speed-torque characteristic due to ___ |
| 269 | If the field circuit resistance of a dc shunt generator exceeds its ___ |
| 270 | A dc series motor must not be started on no load because it would ___ |
| 271 | The slight curature at the lower end of the OCC of a self excited dc generator is ___ |
| 272 | In comparison to shunt and compound motors, a dc series motor develops ___ |
| 273 | The polarity of the interpole is the ___ |
| 274 | If N is the speed of a dc series motor and ___ |
| 275 | The interpoles in dc machines have a tapering shape in order to ___ |
| 276 | A PMDC commutator motor has a no-load speed of 6,000 rpm when connected to ___ |
| 277 | Due to magnetic saturation, the flux per pole in a ___ |
| 278 | What happens to the speed when the flux is reduced by 10% in a ___ |
| 279 | The armature MMF waveform of a dc machine is ___ |
| 280 | A dc motor having full-load speed of 750 rpm and speed regulation of ___ |
| 281 | At a certain speed and flux, the voltage generated by a dc generator is ___ |
| 282 | In a dc machine. fractional pitch winding is employed to ___ |
| 283 | In a dc generator, the ripples in the direct emf generated are reduced by ___ |
| 284 | In the block diagram of a separately excited dc motor, how does the armature induced emf appear as? |
| 285 | The number ofparallel paths for a 4-pole duplex lap winding will be ___ |
| 286 | The simplest way of shifting load from one shunt generator to the ___ |
| 287 | In dc machines, the armature windings are placed on the rotor because of ___ |
| 288 | The ____ generator has the poorest voltage regulation |
| 289 | The armature of a dc machine is ___ |
| 290 | Which of the following dc generators has rising V-I characteristics? |
| 291 | Which of the following is not a part of dc machine? |
| 292 | An ideal dc generator has a regulation of ____ |
| 293 | In comparison to self excited generator, a ___ |
| 294 | Series field winding of a dc machine consists of ___ |
| 295 | In a dc machine, which of the following statements is true? |
| 296 | The reactance voltage is ___ |
| 297 | Current in a coil undergoing commutation is not able to get reversed completely by ___ |
| 298 | In a dc machine the armature mmf is ___ |
| 299 | The ernf induced in a conductor of machine driven at 600 rpm, the peak value of ___ |
| 300 | In a lap wound dc generator having P poles and Z conductors the ___ |
| 301 | In a dc machine armature winding, the number of commutator segments is ___ |
| 302 | For a 4-pole machine wave winding is impossible with ___ |
| 303 | A lap wound dc machine has 400 conductors and ___ |
| 304 | The commutator of a dc motor serves the purpose of ___ |
| 305 | Poles of dc machine are often laminated to ___ |
| 306 | Stray losses are sum of ___ |
| 307 | If a current carrying coil is placed in a uniform magnetic field direction of ___ |
| 308 | The proper alignment of a machine is ___ |
| 309 | The number of interpoles in a 2-pole cross-field generator will be ___ |
| 310 | In a field’ s test for dc series machines, the series fields of ___ |
| 311 | The test that can he used for determination of no-load losses in a large dc shunt machine is ___ |
| 312 | The efficiency of a dc machine will be when the variable losses are equal to ___ |
| 313 | The armature core of a dc machine gets overheated due to ___ |
| 314 | The eddy current loss in a dc machine varie with the thickness of laminations as ___ |
| 315 | Two series motors are mechanically coupled ___ |
| 316 | During rheostatic braking the braking torque is proportional to ___ |
| 317 | A dc shunt motor, running lightly at 1,000rpm, is operated under ___ |
| 318 | DC motors are stopped by operdng the line switches and not by ___ |
| 319 | The function of a starter in a dc motor is to ___ |
| 320 | A dc series motor is running with a divertor connected across its ___ |
| 321 | A dc series motor is operating at rated speed with ___ |
| 322 | Ward-Leonard control provides speed control ___ |
| 323 | The armature voltage control is considered suitable for a dc motor driven at ___ |
| 324 | The resistance of the field regulator of a dc shunt motor is of the order of ___ |
| 325 | For the same power output rating and full-load speed, the motor that will have ___ |
| 326 | Which of the following dc motors has got maximum self relieving property? |
| 327 | When the direction of power flow in a differentially compounded motor reverses, it will ___ |
| 328 | A dc shunt motor is driving a mechanical load at rated voltage with ___ |
| 329 | When an electric train is moving down a hill, the dc motor will operate as a ___ |
| 330 | Which of the following statements associated with a de series motor is correct? |
| 331 | The mechanical output available at the dc motor shaft is equal to ___ |
| 332 | A 200 V, 2,000 rpm, 10 A, separately excited dc motor has an ___ |
| 333 | A dc shunt motor having unsaturated magnetic circuit runs at ___ |
| 334 | A dc shunt generator has an armature resistance of 0.1 and runs at ___ |
| 335 | The direction of rotation of a dc series motor can be ___ |
| 336 | The armature shaft must be able to ___ |
| 337 | Equalizer bar is necessary for parallel operation of ___ |
| 338 | When two dc series generators are operating in parallel, an equalizer bar is ___ |
| 339 | The voltage regulation of a dc generator at full load being zero implies that ___ |
| 340 | Which of the following dc generators will be in a position to build up without any residual magnetism in the field? |
| 341 | The factors that are responsible for decrease in terminal voltage of a ___ |
| 342 | In dc generators, the residual magnetism is of the order of ___ |
| 343 | In a separately excited dc generator the field is ___ |
| 344 | Compensating windings are employed in dc motors which are ___ |
| 345 | The sparking at the brushes, in a dc machine, is due to ___ |
| 346 | Commutation in a dc machine may be explained as a ___ |
| 347 | In a dc machine, the space waveform of the air-gap flux distribution affects ___ |
| 348 | An eight pole dc generator has a simple wave wound armature containing 32 coils of ___ |
| 349 | In a lap wound dc generator, the equalizer rings are provided to ___ |
| 350 | The commutator pitch for simplex wave winding is equal to ___ |
| 351 | Wave winding ts composed of ___ |
| 352 | A P-pole lap wound dc machine had an ___ |
| 353 | The teeth in the armature of a dc machine are ___ |
| 354 | The function(s) of pole shoes in a dc machine is/are to ___ |
| 355 | Which of the following statements associated with the installation and preventive maintenance of ___ |
| 356 | Which of the following are the variable losses in a rotating machine? |
| 357 | An amplidyne is provided with split poles so as to ___ |
| 358 | A short-circuited rectangular coil falls under gravity with the coil remaining in a ___ |
| 359 | To conduct load test on a dc shunt motor, it is coupled to a generator which is ___ |
| 360 | The preventive maintenance schedule of a dc machine includes ___ |
| 361 | The retardation test for dc shunt machines is employed for determination of ___ |
| 362 | If the number of poles in the first stage of a Rototrol (Regulex) is 2, the number of ___ |
| 363 | Which of the following test(s) need(s) two machines? |
| 364 | In cross-field generators ___ |
| 365 | Efficiency of a dc shunt machine can be computed by ___ |
| 366 | In a field’s test for dc series machines, one of the two machines under test ___ |
| 367 | In Swinburne’s test of a ___ |
| 368 | The hysteresis loss in a dc machine varÃes with the frequency of ___ |
| 369 | Efficiency of a de machine is maximum when the variable losses are equal to ___ |
| 370 | Regenerative braking ___ |
| 371 | Which of the following losses occuring in a dc machine varies significantly with the load? |
| 372 | A large dc shunt motor can be started preferably using a ___ |
| 373 | In a dc machine, which loss increases rapidly with the increase in frequency of ___ |
| 374 | Three point starters are not suitable for applications where speed variation by ___ |
| 375 | In a dc machine, iron loss occurs in ___ |
| 376 | Which one of the following statements is correct for the ___ |
| 377 | During rheostatic braking of dc series motors ___ |
| 378 | The function of the field regulator in a dc compound motor is to ___ |
| 379 | Plugging of dc machine is normally executed by ___ |
| 380 | The main disadvantage(s) of the Ward-Leonard system is/are ___ |
| 381 | The dc motor starter handle should he moved ___ |
| 382 | A 50 kW dc shunt motor is loaded to draw rated armature current at ___ |
| 383 | If starter is not used with large dc motor for starting, it will ___ |
| 384 | A dc shunt motor is supplying a load at its ___ |
| 385 | The current drawn by a dc motor at starting is ___ |
| 386 | The speed of a dc motor depends upon ___ |
| 387 | The field divertor resistance for a dc series motor is of the ___ |
| 388 | Which of the following dc motors has almost constant speed over their full-load range? |
| 389 | For a given torque. reducing diverter resistance of a ___ |
| 390 | Which of the following dc motors will have least percentage increase of ___ |
| 391 | Ward Leonard control is basically a ___ |
| 392 | A belt-driven cumulative compounded dc generator is delivering power to ___ |
| 393 | The shunted armature control method of speed control for dc shunt motors is ___ |
| 394 | A separately excited dc generator is feeding a dc shunt motor ___ |
| 395 | Following controls are considered for ___ |
| 396 | The speed of a 4-pole dc series motor at no load will be ___ |
| 397 | On switching a dc motor tode supply mains, it is found to ___ |
| 398 | An electric motor with “constant output power” will have a ___ |
| 399 | Which of the following dc motors, on removal of load, will run at the maximum speed? |
| 400 | For higher values of armature current, the speed of a dc series motor is ___ |
| 401 | A 220 V shunt motor develops a torque of 54 Nm at an armature current of ___ |
| 402 | A dc shunt motor is driving a constant torque load with ___ |
| 403 | In a dc series motor, the torque developed is ___ |
| 404 | A dc series motor is used for an overhauling load ___ |
| 405 | When the torque of a dc series motor is trippled, the power approximately ___ |
| 406 | The dc compound motors are generally ___ |
| 407 | A 240 V dc series motor takes 40 A when giving its rated output at ___ |
| 408 | The current drawn by a 120 V dc motor with back emf of ___ |
| 409 | In a dc motor, the shaft torque is less than armature torque ___ |
| 410 | DC generators are connected to or disconnected from the ___ |
| 411 | What is the increase in torque expressed as percentage of initial torque, if ___ |
| 412 | The residual magnetism of a dc shunt generator can be regained by ___ |
| 413 | The dc motor, which can provide zero speed regulation at ___ |
| 414 | A self excited dc shunt generator driven by its prime mover at the rated speed fails to ___ |
| 415 | The speed of a dc shunt motor ___ |
| 416 | A 4 pole, 25 kW, 200 V wave wound dc shunt generator the current in ___ |
| 417 | When the supply terminals of a dc shunt motor are ___ |
| 418 | With the increases in field excitation of a dc generator, its ___ |
| 419 | The output power of any electrical motor is taken from the ___ |
| 420 | The commutating flux produced by interpole must be proportional to ___ |
| 421 | For parallel operation, the dc generators normally preferred are ___ |
| 422 | To have sparkless commutation, the armature reaction effect in a ___ |
| 423 | The essential condition for satisfactory parallel operation of ___ |
| 424 | In a dc machine, the sparking between brushes and commutator surface may be ___ |
| 425 | For a specific open-circuit voltage of a de generator, the shortcircuit current will be ___ |
| 426 | In a dc machine, on no load the magnetic neutral axis ___ |
| 427 | An over-compounded dc generator is supplying 800 A at ___ |
| 428 | In dc machines, the air gap flux distribution in space at no load ___ |
| 429 | In a dc shunt generator, the voltage build up is generally restricted due to ___ |
| 430 | A 250 V dc generator is run at rated speed with no ___ |
| 431 | A generator may loose residual magnetism due to ___ |
| 432 | In a drum type dc armature winding th back pitch and front pitch in terms of ___ |
| 433 | The mmf necessary for the establishment of flux in the magnetic circuit of ___ |
| 434 | A homopolar generator usually has ___ |
| 435 | Compensating winding in a dc machine is ___ |
| 436 | If in a 6 pole lap wound dc machine, the air gap under each pole is ___ |
| 437 | The self induced emf in the coil undergoing commutation is ___ |
| 438 | The factors responsible for rapid wear of brushes are ___ |
| 439 | Air gap at the pole tips of a dc machine is kept more than that at the centre of ___ |
| 440 | Which of the above parts are subjected to iron loss? |
| 441 | In a dc machine, the actual flux distribution depends upon ___ |
| 442 | In a dc machine ___ |
| 443 | The armature resistance of a 6-pole lap wound dc machine is ___ |
| 444 | A circular metallic disc is placed in a vertical magnetic field of ___ |
| 445 | Short circuiting is caused in the armature winding due to ___ |
| 446 | Which of the following statement(s) associated with installation and preventive maintenance of ___ |
| 447 | The commutator pitch for simplex lap winding is ___ |
| 448 | In an amplidyne, compensating winding is provided in order to ___ |
| 449 | A duplex tap winding with equalizers and even number of ___ |
| 450 | Which of the following tests can be conducted on other than shunt machines? |
| 451 | In lap winding, the number of brushes is always ___ |
| 452 | Two dc shunt machines 200 kW each are tested by ___ |
| 453 | In a dc machine, the armature is always on the rotor unlike an ac machine where it could be ___ |
| 454 | In the Kapp’ s modification of Hopkinson’ s test for ___ |
| 455 | Pole shoe of a dc machine is laminated for the purpose of ___ |
| 456 | A brake test is usually restricted to ___ |
| 457 | In a dc motor the windage loss is proportional to ___ |
| 458 | A 200 V dc shunt motor delivers an output of 17 kW with an input of ___ |
| 459 | In electromechanical energy conversion devices (e.g. generators and motors), a small air gap is ___ |
| 460 | In a dc machine, iron losses are independent of variations in ___ |
| 461 | An amplidyne has split poles to ___ |
| 462 | The loss in a dc machine, which has the least proportion is ___ |
| 463 | Which of the following statements associated with a 3-wire generator are correct? |
| 464 | In case of dc shunt motors, the regenerative braking is ___ |
| 465 | The application(s) of cross-field machines is/are ___ |
| 466 | The dynamic braking is generally used with ___ |
| 467 | The efficiency of a dc series machine cannot be determined by ___ |
| 468 | The electric braking system commonly employed in rolling mills, elevators and ___ |
| 469 | The electrical efficiency of a dc machine is given as the ratio of ___ |
| 470 | In a dc compound motor. 4-point starter provides ___ |
| 471 | Which of the following losses occuring in a dc machine has the largest percentage? |
| 472 | In a dc shunt motor, the three point starter ___ |
| 473 | The eddy current loss in a dc machine varies with the maximum flux density as ___ |
| 474 | Consider the following statements regarding the starting of a ___ |
| 475 | Two dc series motors are mechanically coupled ___ |
| 476 | The speed of a cumulatively compounded dc motor can be controlled by ___ |
| 477 | For nonreversing dc drives it is preferable to ___ |
| 478 | Field divertor method of speed control of a dc series motor gives ___ |
| 479 | The electric braking system employed with dc shunt motors, in which the ___ |
| 480 | In Ward Leonard method of speed control, the direction of rotation of the ___ |
| 481 | If the no-voltage release in a dc motor starter fails to operate on ___ |
| 482 | For a constant supply voltage, what are the effects of inserting a ___ |
| 483 | A dc shunt motor has external resistances of Ra and Rf in the ___ |
| 484 | Which of the following statements associated with field control of dc shunt motors is correct? |
| 485 | A dc shunt motor runs at 500 rpm at ___ |
| 486 | PMDC motors used in cassette tape recorders have ___ |
| 487 | The ratio of the starting torque to full-load torque is minimum in case of ___ |
| 488 | Variation in speed by Ward Leonard control of dc motors occurs due to ___ |
| 489 | The de motor that draws almost same power at different loads is ___ |
| 490 | A dc shunt motor is operating at ___ |
| 491 | A cumulative compound long shunt motor is driving a load at ___ |
| 492 | The field flux method of speed control of dc shunt motor is generally used for which one of the following? |
| 493 | A dc motor is to drive a load which is almost nil for certain part of ___ |
| 494 | It is advisable to start a dc series motor with ___ |
| 495 | In a differentially compounded dc motor, if the shunt field gets ___ |
| 496 | An unsaturated dc shunt motor drives a constant torque load at ___ |
| 497 | A dc shunt motor is running on no load at ___ |
| 498 | A dc series motor is running at rated speed without any additional resistance in ___ |
| 499 | A dc series motor develops a torque of 20 Nm at 3 A of ___ |
| 500 | In a dc series motor, if armature current is reduced to 70% of its ___ |
| 501 | The armature torque in a dc motor is a function of ___ |
| 502 | T and P are the developed electromagnetic torque and the ___ |
| 503 | If the applied voltage to a dc machine is ___ |
| 504 | If the flux of a dc motor approaches zero, its speed will ___ |
| 505 | A series motor drawing an armature current of ___ |
| 506 | If the load current and flux of a dc motor are held constant and voltage applied across it ___ |
| 507 | A dc shunt motor is running at 1,200 rpm, when excited with ___ |
| 508 | In case of a conductively compensated dc series motor, the ___ |
| 509 | A dc shunt motor runs at rated speed ___ |
| 510 | The current drawn by a 220 V dc motor of ___ |
| 511 | The direction of rotation of a dc shunt motor can be reversed by ___ |
| 512 | If field of one of two generators operating in parallel is ___ |
| 513 | If the back emf in a dc motor vanishes suddenly, the motor will ___ |
| 514 | A dc shunt generator when driven without connecting field winding shows ___ |
| 515 | In parallel operation of two dc compound generators provided with interpoles, the equalizing bar must be ___ |
| 516 | An exciter for turbo-generator is a ___ |
| 517 | The type of dc generator used for arc welding purposes is a ___ |
| 518 | In a dc compound generator, “flat compound” characteristic, required for ___ |
| 519 | Over or under compounding of a dc generator is achieved by ___ |
| 520 | A dc series generator is provided with divertor and is delivering its ___ |
| 521 | The factor that is not responsible for drop in terminal voltage of a ___ |
| 522 | The magnetic field which initially induces emf in the armature in a ___ |
| 523 | In dc machines, the interpoles are provided ___ |
| 524 | A dc machine is provided with both interpole and ___ |
| 525 | Sparkless commutation can he achieved by ___ |
| 526 | In large-sized dc machines the compensating windings are provided to ___ |
| 527 | In a dc shunt generator working on load, the brushes are moved forward in the ___ |
| 528 | In a dc machine, the number of mechanical and electrical degrees will be ___ |
| 529 | In a dc machine without any bnish shift, the shift of the ___ |
| 530 | A 6-pole lap wound dc machine has 720 conductors and it draws ___ |
| 531 | Approximate physical size of the 50 KW, 1800 rpm dynamo is a function of ___ |
| 532 | A 4-pole lap wound dc generator has a developed power of ___ |
| 533 | A frog-leg winding is used in a dc machine to eliminate ___ |
| 534 | Aluminium is not used as winding wire in dc machine armature as it ___ |
| 535 | For both lap and wave windins, there are as many commutator bars as ___ |
| 536 | The coil span ___ |
| 537 | The dummy coils in dc machines are useful to ___ |
| 538 | Width of a carbon brush should be equal to ___ |
| 539 | Welding generator will have ___ |
| 540 | If two 8-pole dc machines of identical armatures are wound, one with ___ |
| 541 | In a dc machine, the brushes are physically placed in the ___ |
| 542 | The armature of a dc machine is made of silicon steel laminations to ___ |
| 543 | Armature of a dc machine is made of ___ |
| 544 | Laminated yoke in dc motor can reduce ___ |
| 545 | The principle of dynamically induced emf is utilised in ___ |
| 546 | EMF induced in 11 coil rotating in auniform magnetic field will be ___ |
| 547 | A rotating electrical machine having its self inductances of both the stator and the ___ |
| 548 | In an electromechanical energy conversion device, the ___ |
| 549 | The developed electromagnetic force and/or torque in ___ |
| 550 | The sparking at brushes may occur due to ___ |
| 551 | For preventive maintenance of ade machine it is to be ensured that ___ |
| 552 | The inductor of a three-wire generator should he iron-cored so as ___ |
| 553 | Which of the following statement(s) associated with a Rosenberg generator is/are incorrect? |
| 554 | In case of a cross-field machine, the amplification ratio may be as ___ |
| 555 | In Hopkinson’s and field’s tests, the main common thing is ___ |
| 556 | Indirect method of testing is preferred because ___ |
| 557 | In Hopkinson’s efficiency test for ___ |
| 558 | Which of the following motors is expected to have maximum fullload efficiency? |
| 559 | Performance of large dc machines regarding commutation and ___ |
| 560 | In a dc machine, armature copper loss varies as ___ |
| 561 | In direct method of determination of efficiency of a ___ |
| 562 | In a dc shunt machine, hysteresis loss ___ |
| 563 | The maximum efficiency occurs in a separately excited dc generator when the ___ |
| 564 | The variable loss in a dc shunt machine is ___ |
| 565 | Core loss in a dc machine occurs in ___ |
| 566 | Dynamic braking is very effective if the ___ |
| 567 | In a dc machine, mechanical losses are primarily function of ___ |
| 568 | The most economical method of electric braking is ___ |
| 569 | In regenerave braking, the motor energy is ___ |
| 570 | A 3 point starter is considered suitable for ___ |
| 571 | The plugging provides ___ braking torque in comparison to rheostatic |
| 572 | In dc shunt motors, at start, the field excitation is kept at maximum value in ___ |
| 573 | In a dc compound motor, 4-point starter is ___ |
| 574 | As compared to the use of a single series dc motor for electric traction for a ___ |
| 575 | A DOL starter is employed for starting motors of ratings up to ___ |
| 576 | Consider the following statements regarding speed control of ___ |
| 577 | For efficient operation of a dc motor, the additional resistance inserted in ___ |
| 578 | Ward-Leonard system for controlling the speed of a de motor is ___ |
| 579 | In series-parallel control of dc series motor, the torque produced in ___ |
| 580 | The most inefficient method for speed control of dc motors is ___ |
| 581 | If a resistance is connected across the armature of a dc series motor, its speed for ___ |
| 582 | The speed of a dc motor can be controlled by the variation of ___ |
| 583 | In Ward-Leonard system, the lower limit of speed is imposed by ___ |
| 584 | Which of the following dc motors has least drop in speed from noload to rated full load? |
| 585 | A 220 V. DC shunt motor is operating at a speed of ___ |
| 586 | Flywheel is employed with a dc compound motor to ___ |
| 587 | The speed of a dc shunt motor can be raised above its rated value by ___ |
| 588 | If the supply voltage to a dc shunt motor is increased by 15%, which of ___ |
| 589 | For continuously running rolling mills with intermittent loading, the ___ |
| 590 | DC series motor is best suited for electric traction as ___ |
| 591 | Skew of the rotor bar eliminates ___ |
| 592 | Which of the following ac motor is widely used ___ |
| 593 | When the supply voltage to an induction motor id reduced by 10%, the maximum torque will ___ |
| 594 | The speed of the induction motor depends on ___ |
| 595 | In V/f speed control of 3 phase induction motor, the maximum torque and slip at which the ___ |
| 596 | In case of 3 phase slip ring induction motor as the rotor resistance is ___ |
| 597 | In a self excited induction generator, to keep the frequency of generated voltage constant with increase in load, the speed of the ___ |
| 598 | A 3 phase induction motor runs at super synchronous speed ___ |
| 599 | Which of the following is not an advantage of induction generator ___ |
| 600 | Induction Generator delivers power at ___ |
| 601 | Three-phase alternators are invariably star-connected because ___ |
| 602 | Unbalanced 3 phase stator currents cause ___ |
| 603 | In an alternator short circuit current is limited by ___ |
| 604 | The rotor preffered for low speed hydro-generator is ___ |
| 605 | Smooth cylindrical rotors are usually designed for ___ |
| 606 | In synchronous machine the stator frame serves the ___ |
| 607 | Hydro-Generators are generally employed to run at ___ |
| 608 | The maximum current that can be supplied by ___ |
| 609 | The seventh space harmonics in the mmf produced by balanced ___ |
| 610 | In an alternator, the armature reaction is considered to be equivalent to a fictitious ___ |
| 611 | In synchronous generator, the effect of cross magnetization is to ___ |
| 612 | Synchronous reactance of an alternator is due to ___ |
| 613 | Regulation of an alternator supplying resistive or inductive load is ___ |
| 614 | The short circuit characteristic of an alternator is ___ |
| 615 | The rotor slots of the 3 phase induction motor are ___ |
| 616 | The magnetising current of a transformer is usually small because ___ |
| 617 | A transformer oil must be ___ |
| 618 | An ideal transformer has infinite values of primary and ___ |
| 619 | The power transformer is ___ |
| 620 | In the transformer the function of a conservator is ___ |
| 621 | A transformer transforms ___ |
| 622 | The dielectric strength of transformer oil is ___ |
| 623 | Star-star power transformer is protected by current transformer having |
| 624 | In measuring voltage or current by means of ___ |
| 625 | While rising and falling if a wave is ___ |
| 626 | The secondary winding of a current transformer whose primary is ___ |
| 627 | A step-up transformer increases ___ |
| 628 | The value of useful flux least depends on ___ |
| 629 | In a transformer an insulating material may fail due to ___ |
| 630 | The purpose of a breather in a transformer is ___ |
| 631 | Buchholz’s relay gives warning and ___ |
| 632 | The nominal short-circuit voltage of the transformer is ___ |
| 633 | A synchronous motor can develop synchronous ___ |
| 634 | At no-load, the armature current in ___ |
| 635 | Exciters of synchronous machines are ___ |
| 636 | The size of a synchronous motor decreases with ___ |
| 637 | The magnitude of field flux in a 3-phase synchronous ___ |
| 638 | In a synchronous motor, the maximum power developed depends on ___ |
| 639 | A synchronous motor is running with ___ |
| 640 | If in a synchronous motor, driving mechanical load and ___ |
| 641 | The angle between the rotating stator flux and rotor poles is ___ |
| 642 | When the voltage applied to a synchronous motor is increased, which of the following will reduce? |
| 643 | In which of the following motors the stator and rotor magnetic field rotate at the same speed? |
| 644 | The speed regulation of a synchronous motor is ___ |
| 645 | If load (or torque) angle of a 4-pole synchronous motor is ___ |
| 646 | A synchronous motor is running on a load with ___ |
| 647 | A synchronous motor can operate at ___ |
| 648 | The maximum torque which a synchronous motor will develop at ___ |
| 649 | Which of the following losses, in a synchronous motor, does not vary with load? |
| 650 | A 3-phase synchronous motor is ___ |
| 651 | Due to which of the following reasons a synchronous motor fails to ___ |
| 652 | If in a synchronous motor, driving a given mechanical load and ___ |
| 653 | Which of the following motors will be used in electric clocks? |
| 654 | In a synchronous motor running with fixed excitation, when the ___ |
| 655 | An over-excited synchronous motor is ___ |
| 656 | When the stator windings are connected in such a fashion that ___ |
| 657 | When the field of a synchronous motor is under-excited, the ___ |
| 658 | A synchronous motor can be used as a synchronous capacitor when ___ |
| 659 | In a synchronous motor, the breakdown torque is ___ |
| 660 | For power factor correction, synchronous motors operate at ___ |
| 661 | In a synchronous motor, the armature current has ___ |
| 662 | Which of the following motors is nonself starting? |
| 663 | In a synchronous motor, the magnitude of ___ |
| 664 | Which of the following resistances can be measured by ___ |
| 665 | The power factor of a synchronous motor is better than that of ___ |
| 666 | While starting a synchronous motor by induction motor ___ |
| 667 | The armature current of the synchronous motor has ___ |
| 668 | The maximum power developed in a synchronous motor occurs at ___ |
| 669 | The shaft of synchronous motor is ___ |
| 670 | The minimum armature current of the synchronous motor ___ |
| 671 | The power developed by a synchronous motor will be maximum when ___ |
| 672 | Synchronous motors are generally not ___ |
| 673 | A synchronous motor develops maximum power when ___ |
| 674 | If the field winding of an unloaded salient pole synchronous motor is ___ |
| 675 | The maximum value of torque that a synchronous motor can ___ |
| 676 | A synchronous motor connected to infinite bus-bars has at ___ |
| 677 | The ratio of starting torque to running torque in ___ |
| 678 | The maximum speed variation in a 3- phase synchronous motor is ___ |
| 679 | Stability of a synchronous machine ___ |
| 680 | A synchronous machine with large ___ |
| 681 | A synchronous motor working at leading power factor can be ___ |
| 682 | The rotor copper losses, in a synchronous motor, are ___ |
| 683 | The oscillations in a synchronous motor can be ___ |
| 684 | The working of a synchronous motor is ___ |
| 685 | When V is the applied voltage, then the breakdown torque of ___ |
| 686 | In case one phase of a three-phase synchronous motor is ___ |
| 687 | A synchronous motor which works on a leading power factor and ___ |
| 688 | The construction of a synchronous motor resembles ___ |
| 689 | The back e.m.f. in the stator of a synchronous motor depends on ___ |
| 690 | In a 3-phase, 4-pole, 50 Hz synchronous motor, the ___ |
| 691 | The net armature voltage of a synchronous motor is ___ |
| 692 | A rotory converter can also be run as ___ |
| 693 | When a 3-phase synchronous generator is supplying a ___ |
| 694 | Power factor of a synchronous motor is ___ |
| 695 | Slip-rings in a synchronous motor carry ___ |
| 696 | A synchronous motor has better power factor as compared to ___ |
| 697 | When load on an over-excited or underexcited synchronous motor is ___ |
| 698 | A synchronous motor can be made self starting by ___ |
| 699 | If the field of a synchronous motor is under-excited, the ___ |
| 700 | In a synchronous motor, V-curves represent ___ |
| 701 | The effect of increasing the load on a synchronous motor running with ___ |
| 702 | The speed of a synchronous motor ___ |
| 703 | If excitation of a synchronous motor running with a constant load is ___ |
| 704 | The mechanical displacement of the rotor with respect to ___ |
| 705 | To limit the operating temperature an electrical machine should ___ |
| 706 | A synchronous motor running with normal excitation adjusts to ___ |
| 707 | Hunting in a synchronous motor place ___ |
| 708 | In a synchronous motor which loss varies with load? |
| 709 | Synchronous motor always runs at ___ |
| 710 | Under which of the following conditions hunting of synchronous motor is likely to occur? |
| 711 | Higher the applied ___ voltage will be the stator flux |
| 712 | The armature current of ___ |
| 713 | The maximum constant load torque under which a synchronous motor will ___ |
| 714 | An important advantage of a synchronous motor over ___ |
| 715 | The efficiency of a properly designed synchronous motor will usually ___ |
| 716 | The standard full-load power factor ratings for ___ |
| 717 | A synchronous motor will always stop when ___ |
| 718 | When V is the supply voltage and R is the rotor resistance per ___ |
| 719 | As the load is applied to a synchronous motor, the ___ |
| 720 | A three-phase synchronous motor will ___ |
| 721 | If the synchronous motor, properly synchronised to the supply is ___ |
| 722 | The duration of sudden snort-circuit test on a synchronous motor is ___ |
| 723 | In a synchronous motor it the back e.m.f. generated in ___ |
| 724 | Hunting in a synchronous motor cannot be ___ |
| 725 | In a synchronous motor, damper windings are ___ |
| 726 | If the field circuit of an unloaded salient pole synchronous motor gets ___ |
| 727 | While starting a salient pole synchronous motor by ___ |
| 728 | When the rotor speed, in a synchronous machine, becomes more than ___ |
| 729 | Dust and dirt accumulation on motor winding will ___ |
| 730 | Synchronous motors are |
| 731 | The operating speed of a synchtunous motor can be changed to ___ |
| 732 | The back e.m.f. of a synchronous motor depends ___ |
| 733 | The synchronous motor is not inherently self-starting because ___ |
| 734 | A synchronous motor can be ___ |
| 735 | In a synchronous motor, the forced vibrations will be ___ |
| 736 | The coupling angle or load angle of synchronous motor is ___ |
| 737 | Which of the following losses is not dissipated by tile stator core surface in a synchronous motor? |
| 738 | The torque angle, in a synchronous motor, is ___ |
| 739 | In a 3-phase synchronous motor, the negative phase sequence exists when ___ |
| 740 | If one-phase of a 3-phase synchronous motor is ___ |
| 741 | A synchronous motor installed at the receiving end substation operates with ___ |
| 742 | Which of the following methods is used to start a synchronous motor? |
| 743 | Synchronsizing power of a synchronous machine is ___ |
| 744 | The percentage slip in case of a synchronous motor is ___ |
| 745 | The transformer ratings are usually expressed in ___ |
| 746 | Two transformers operating in parallel will share the ___ |
| 747 | Natural oil cooling is used for transformers upto ___ |
| 748 | A transformer cannot raise or lower the voltage of ___ |
| 749 | Sumpner’s test is conducted on transformers to ___ |
| 750 | In a transformer the energy is conveyed from primary to ___ |
| 751 | In which of the following the highest rating transformer is likely to find application? |
| 752 | In order to find the full-load efficiency of a ___ |
| 753 | In large transformers, oil is invariably used in ___ |
| 754 | Transformer cores are built-up from laminations rather than ___ |
| 755 | In which of the following transformer part of primary winding also serves as the secondary winding? |
| 756 | The reactance of a transformer depends on ___ |
| 757 | Cross-over windings are used for ___ |
| 758 | For power purpose sine wave shape is ___ |
| 759 | In a 3-phase induction motor which of the following statements, regarding frequency of ___ |
| 760 | When a squirrel cage induction motor fails to start which of the following could not be ___ |
| 761 | The difference between the synchronous speed and the actual speed of ___ |
| 762 | Two of the power supply terminals to a 3-phase induction motor get ____ |
| 763 | The speed of a 3-phase wound motor can be ___ |
| 764 | If single-phasing occurs on the running position in ___ |
| 765 | The starting torque of a 3-phase squirrel cage induction motor is ___ |
| 766 | In a star-delta starter of ___ |
| 767 | Insertion of resistance in the rotor of an induction motor to ___ |
| 768 | An induction motor can run at synchronous speed when ___ |
| 769 | If a 3-phase supply is given to the stator and rotor is ___ |
| 770 | If an induction motor with certain ratio of rotor to ___ |
| 771 | The auto-starters (using three auto transformers) can be ___ |
| 772 | Star-delta starting of motors is not possible in ___ |
| 773 | In squirrel cage induction motors, the rotor slots are ___ |
| 774 | When a Scharge motor runs exactly at synchronous speed, then ___ |
| 775 | What is the advantage of starting a slip-ring induction motor with the help of ___ |
| 776 | Which of the following parameters for an induction motor varies as ___ |
| 777 | Which of the following methods of speed control is not affected through stator side? |
| 778 | In an induction motor the pulsation losses and noise can be ___ |
| 779 | If stator voltage of a squirrel cage induction motor is ___ |
| 780 | Under which method of starting an induction motor is expected to take largest starting current? |
| 781 | In an induction motor, the rotor reactance per phase is proportional to ___ |
| 782 | Regarding single-phasing of a 3-phase induction motor under ___ |
| 783 | If air gap of the induction motor is ___ |
| 784 | The principle of operation of a 3-phase induction motor is most similar to ___ |
| 785 | Out of the following methods of starting a ___ |
| 786 | An induction motor is ___ |
| 787 | Slip ring motor is preferred over ___ |
| 788 | Insertion of reactance in the ___ |
| 789 | Lubricant used for ball ‘bearing is ___ |
| 790 | A change of 4% of supply voltage to an induction motor will ___ |
| 791 | Short-circuit test on an induction motor cannot be used to ___ |
| 792 | As load on an induction motor goes on ___ |
| 793 | The ‘cogging’ of an induction motor can be avoided by ___ |
| 794 | If any two phases for an induction motor are ___ |
| 795 | The crawling in the induction motor is ___ |
| 796 | A double squirrel-cage induction motor has ___ |
| 797 | In medium sized induction motors, the slip is ___ |
| 798 | The principle of operation of a three phase induction motor closely resembles to that of which of the following? |
| 799 | Which of the following statements about the working of Scharge motor is incorrect? |
| 800 | What is the advantage of the slip ring induction motor over the squirrel cage induction motor? |
| 801 | In a 3-phase induction motor, iron loss ___ |
| 802 | An induction motor has a rated speed of ___ |
| 803 | An induction motor with large number of ___ |
| 804 | If stator voltage of a squirrel cage induction motor is reduced to ___ |
| 805 | Which of the following type of bearing is generally used to support the rotor of ___ |
| 806 | When an induction motor is switched on ___ |
| 807 | When a double squirrel cage motor is started, the current induced in ___ |
| 808 | Speed variations of a squirrel cage induction motor are essentially similar to ___ |
| 809 | If there is an open circuit in the rotor of a ___ |
| 810 | The synchronous speed of a 3-phase induction motor is ___ |
| 811 | Insertion of resistance in the stator of ___ |
| 812 | Reduced voltage starter can be ___ |
| 813 | The low power factor of induction motor is ___ |
| 814 | Blocked rotor test on induction motors is used to ___ |
| 815 | The shape of the torque/slip curve of induction motor is ___ |
| 816 | The torque developed in an induction motor is ___ |
| 817 | Slip ring motor is recommended where ___ |
| 818 | The power factor of an induction motor under no load conditions will be ___ |
| 819 | For which motor the speed can be controlled from rotor side? |
| 820 | Which of the following methods is easily applicable to ___ |
| 821 | The starting torque of a squirrel-cage induction motor is ___ |
| 822 | In an induction motor, no-load the slip is ___ |
| 823 | In moist surroundings which frame of motor will be preferred? |
| 824 | Which of the following is not determined by circle diagram? |
| 825 | Which of the following motors has the highest power to weight ratio? |
| 826 | What is the disadvantage of starting an induction motor with a star-delta starter? |
| 827 | The value of average flux density in air gap in an induction motor, should be ___ |
| 828 | Synchronous wattage of induction motor means ___ |
| 829 | Type of bearing used for 25 H.P. motor is ___ |
| 830 | Which of the following statement about a double squirrel cage induction motor is incorrect? |
| 831 | The pull-out torque for a normal squirrel cage induction motor usually ___ |
| 832 | A pump induction motor is switched on to a supply 25 percent lower than ___ |
| 833 | A 3-phase slip-ring induction motor is ___ |
| 834 | A squirrel cage induction motor is ___ |
| 835 | In case of a double cage induction motor, the ___ |
| 836 | The circle diagram for an induction motor cannot be ___ |
| 837 | 3-phase slip ring motor has ___ |
| 838 | In an induction motor the relationship between ___ |
| 839 | The ‘crawling’ in an induction motor is ___ |
| 840 | In the circle diagram for induction motor, the diameter of ___ |
| 841 | The injected e.m.f. in the rotor of induction motor must ___ |
| 842 | Phase advancers are used with induction motors to __ |
| 843 | The reversing of 3-phase A.C. motor is ___ |
| 844 | The probable reason for an induction motor running too ___ |
| 845 | The reactance per phase as compared to the resistance per phase of ___ |
| 846 | If the rotor is open in a squirrel cage motor it ___ |
| 847 | The number of slip rings on a squirrel cage induction motor is ___ |
| 848 | Which of the following statements is correct about an induction motor? |
| 849 | Which of the following statements about 3-phase induction motor is incorrect? |
| 850 | The upper bars in a double squirrel cage ___ |
| 851 | The power factor of an induction motor under no-load conditions is ___ |
| 852 | The magnetising current drawn by induction motors and transformers is ___ |
| 853 | Less maintenance troubles are experienced in ___ |
| 854 | When R2is the rotor resistance, X2 the rotor reactance at ___ |
| 855 | What will happen if the relative speed between the rotating flux of stator and rotor of ___ |
| 856 | The value of transformation ratio of an induction motor can be ___ |
| 857 | 5 H.P. 50-Hz, 3-phase, 440 V, induction motors are available for ___ |
| 858 | Low voltage at motor terminals is ___ |
| 859 | The speed of a squirrel-cage induction motor can be controlled by ___ |
| 860 | Rotor rheostat control method of speed control is ___ |
| 861 | The mechanical load across the induction motor is equivalent to ___ |
| 862 | The efficiency of an induction motor can be expected to ___ |
| 863 | The shaft of an induction motor is ___ |
| 864 | In a wound 3-phase induction motor, brushes should be ___ |
| 865 | Imbalance in shaft of the induction motor occurs due to ___ |
| 866 | If a three phase squirrel-cage induction motor runs slow, which of ___ |
| 867 | What is the disadvantage of the speed control of slip-ring induction motor with the help of ___ |
| 868 | The noise and tooth pulsation losses can be minimised by ___ |
| 869 | Which of the following features of induction motor helps in preventing cogging of motor? |
| 870 | If s is the slip and f is the supply frequency, the frequency of ___ |
| 871 | A squirrel cage induction motor running on no-load is loaded, which of the following statements is incorrect? |
| 872 | When a stationary 3-phase induction motor is switched on ___ |
| 873 | When a load on a squirrel-cage induction motor is ___ |
| 874 | The advantage of a slip-ring induction motor over a ___ |
| 875 | In a squirrel cage motor the induced e.m.f. is ___ |
| 876 | The torque of a rotor in an induction motor under rurnning condition is ___ |
| 877 | In a three-phase induction motor ___ |
| 878 | A pump induction motor is switched on to ___ |
| 879 | A 3-phase induction motor delta connected is carrying too heavy load and ___ |
| 880 | DOL starting of induction motors is usually restricted to ___ |
| 881 | Stepless speed control of induction motor is possible by which of the following methods? |
| 882 | The good power factor of an induction motor can be achieved if ___ |
| 883 | In Ns is the synchronous speed and s the slip, then ___ |
| 884 | The two important parts of a 3-phase induction motor are ___ |
| 885 | The overheating of an induction motor may be ___ |
| 886 | For a 50 H.P. motor, which type of rotor will be preferred? |
| 887 | What is the function of putting resistance in parallel to one phase of 3-phase induction motor? |
| 888 | The stator frame in an induction motor is ___ |
| 889 | A wound rotor induction motor is ___ |
| 890 | Slip rings for induction motors are made of ___ |
| 891 | In case of a 3-phase wound-rotor induction motor, an increase in ___ |
| 892 | If the rotor circuit of a squirrel cage induction motor is ___ |
| 893 | The starting torque of a three phase induction motor can be ___ |
| 894 | The purpose of using short-circuit gear is ___ |
| 895 | In an induction motor if air-gap is ___ |
| 896 | In the squirrel-cage induction motor the rotor slots are usually ___ |
| 897 | In three-phase induction motors sometimes copper bars are ___ |
| 898 | Which type of bearing is provided in small induction motors to support the rotor shaft? |
| 899 | A 3-phase induction motor stator delta connected, is ___ |
| 900 | In a three-phase induction motor, the number of poles in ___ |
| 901 | It is advisable to avoid line-starting of induction motor and ___ |
| 902 | An induction motor with 1000 r.p.m. speed will ___ |
| 903 | Which of the following component is usually fabricated out of silicon steel? |
| 904 | The most important factor in motor maintenance is to ___ |
| 905 | The speed of a three-phase cage-rotor induction motor depends on ___ |
| 906 | If single phasing occurs when ihe motor is running, it should not be ___ |
| 907 | The induction motors which are provided with ___ |
| 908 | A 3-phase induction motor is running at a load of ___ |
| 909 | The starting torque of the slip ring induction motor can be ___ |
| 910 | The shaft, on which the rotor of an induction motor is ___ |
| 911 | A 3-phase 440 V, 50 Hz induction motor has ___ |
| 912 | In D.C. motor which of the following can sustain the maximum temperature rise? |
| 913 | These days D.C. motors are widely used in ___ |
| 914 | When two D.C. series motors are connected in ___ |
| 915 | According to Fleming’s left hand rule, when the forefinger points in ___ |
| 916 | The direction of rotation of a D.C. series motor can be ___ |
| 917 | Speed control by the variation of flux, in a ___ |
| 918 | The generated e.m.f. and the current are in the opposite direction in case of ___ |
| 919 | Which of the following methods is most effective in finding out the no load losses in a large D.C. shunt motor? |
| 920 | A motor for punching machine is ___ |
| 921 | The mechanical power developed by a D.C. motor is ___ |
| 922 | In a D.C. motor constant torque is ___ |
| 923 | In a motor, energy conversion would not have been possible but ___ |
| 924 | In a D.C. motor if the back e.m.f. is ___ |
| 925 | In the D.C. motor the iron losses occur in ___ |
| 926 | In variable speed motor ___ |
| 927 | In a D.C. generator, the iron losses mainly take place in ___ |
| 928 | In a manual shunt motor starter ___ |
| 929 | The losses occurring in a D.C. generator are ___ |
| 930 | Which motor should not be started on no-load? |
| 931 | The armature voltage control of D.C. motor provides ___ |
| 932 | The speed of a D.C. shunt motor can be ___ |
| 933 | Buses, trains, trolleys, hoists, cranes require high starting torque and ___ |
| 934 | If the supply voltage for a D.C. motor is increased, which of the following will decrease? |
| 935 | In Ward Leonard method of speed control of a D.C. motor, change in ___ |
| 936 | The ratio of starting torque to fullload torque is ___ |
| 937 | Which D.C. motor Will have least percentage increase of ___ |
| 938 | To get the speed of D.C. motor below the normal without wastage of ___ |
| 939 | Which D.C. motor is preferred for elevators? |
| 940 | Speed ,control by varying the armature circuit resistance, in a ___ |
| 941 | Which losses can be determined by performing the retardation test? |
| 942 | Which motor should be used for centrifugal pumps? |
| 943 | In Field’s test for series motors one motor drives the other machine as ___ |
| 944 | Which of the following motors, on removal of load, will run at the highest speed? |
| 945 | While starting a differential compound motor, it is best to short the series field in ___ |
| 946 | What is the effect produced by the electric current in an electric motor? |
| 947 | The speed of a series motor at ___ |
| 948 | A 230 V D.C. shunt motor takes 32 A at ___ |
| 949 | D.C. generators are normally designed for maximum efficiency around |
| 950 | D.C. shunt motors are used for ___ |
| 951 | Which of the following methods of braking is used in rolling mills? |
| 952 | Which of the following can be used to control the speed of a D.C. motor? |
| 953 | Which of the following motors is most suitable for signalling devices and many kinds of timers? |
| 954 | The plugging gives the ___ |
| 955 | As there is no back e.m.f. at the instant of starting, a D.C. motor, in order to ___ |
| 956 | Which of the following motor has the poorest speed regulation? |
| 957 | In D.C. machines the residual magnetism is ___ |
| 958 | Which of the following motor is preferred for operation in highly explosive atmosphere? |
| 959 | The power mentioned on the name plate of ___ |
| 960 | A shearing machine has cyclic load consisting of ___ |
| 961 | In a D.C. shunt motor, under the conditions of ___ |
| 962 | If a D.C. motor is connected across the A.C. supply it ___ |
| 963 | Differentially compound D.C. motors can ___ |
| 964 | Which of the following, in a D.C. motor, can sustain the maximum temperature rise? |
| 965 | The main disadvantage of Hopkinson’s test for finding efficiency of ___ |
| 966 | Regenerative braking on D.C. shunt motors is ___ |
| 967 | In which of the following tests only one motor is required? |
| 968 | A D.C. series motor, as compared to shunt and compound motors, has ___ |
| 969 | Which of the following motor has high starting torque? |
| 970 | In electric motors carbon brushes are ___ |
| 971 | Which of the following D.C. motors has the least drop in speed between no-load and nominal load? |
| 972 | Voltage equation for D.C. motor is ___ |
| 973 | During rheostatic braking the braking torque is ___ |
| 974 | The condition for maximum efficiency for a ___ |
| 975 | Torque developed by a D.C. motor depends upon ___ |
| 976 | The hysteresis loss in a D.C. generator varies with the frequency of ___ |
| 977 | The main disadvantage of the Ward- Leonard control method is ___ |
| 978 | Which of the following motors is usually used in house-hold refrigerators? |
| 979 | Which motor has the poorest speed control? |
| 980 | In a differentially compounded D.C. motor, if ___ |
| 981 | For which of the following applications a D.C. motor is preferred over an A.C. motor? |
| 982 | Sparking at the commutator of a D.C. motor may result in ___ |
| 983 | The current drawn by the armature of D.C. motor is directly proportional to ___ |
| 984 | In case the conditions for maximum power for a D.C. motor are ___ |
| 985 | In case of D.C. shunt motors the speed is dependent on ___ |
| 986 | The type of D.C. motor used for shears and punches is ___ |
| 987 | Which D.C. motor will be preferred for constant speed line shafting? |
| 988 | In case of a shunt motor if the supply voltage is increased by 10%, which of the following will decrease? |
| 989 | The function of a field regulator for compound motors is ___ |
| 990 | If conditions for maximum power for a D.C. motor are established, the efficiency of ___ |
| 991 | If the no-voltage release of a D.C. motor starter fails to work on resumption of ___ |
| 992 | A series motor is’ best suited for ___ |
| 993 | The rated speed of a given D.C. shunt motor is ___ |
| 994 | One D.C. motor drives another ___ |
| 995 | Which D.C. motor has got maximum self relieving property? |
| 996 | For which types of D.C. motor, dynamic braking is generally used? |
| 997 | The total losses in a well designed D.C. generator of 10 kW will be ___ |
| 998 | D.C. series machine has field consisting of ___ |
| 999 | If Bmax is the maximum flux density, then ___ |
| 1000 | In Ward-Leonard control the lower limit of speed is ___ |
| 1001 | cWhich of the following motors have almost constant speed over their full load range? |
| 1002 | For a D.C. shunt motor if the excitation is ___ |
| 1003 | The armature voltage control of ___ |
| 1004 | Following motor is used where high starting torque and ___ |
| 1005 | The condition for maximum power in case of D.C. motor is ___ |
| 1006 | In case of conductively compensated D.C. series motors, the ___ |
| 1007 | In a D.C. series motor, if the armature current is reduced by 50%, the torque of ___ |
| 1008 | Small D.C. motors up to 5 H.P. usually have |
| 1009 | What will happen if the back e.m.f. of a D.C. motor vanishes suddenly? |
| 1010 | For starting a D.C. motor a starter is required because ___ |
| 1011 | Which D.C. motor will be preferred for machine tools? |
| 1012 | A brake test on D.C. motors is usually restricted to ___ |
| 1013 | Which of the following tests can be conducted on all types of D.C. machines? |
| 1014 | A wide and very sensitive speed control is usually required in case of ___ |
| 1015 | The series parallel system of speed control of D.C. series motors widely used in ___ |
| 1016 | A face plate starter is employed for ___ |
| 1017 | If the field circuit of a loaded shunt motor is ___ |
| 1018 | If a starter is not used with large D.C. motor, it will draw a ___ |
| 1019 | D.C. motor is to a drive a load which is almost nil for certain part of ___ |
| 1020 | During rheostat braking of ___ |
| 1021 | Which of the following losses are significantly reduced by laminating the core of a D.C. generator? |
| 1022 | Compensating winding in a D.C. machine is ___ |
| 1023 | Which of the following loss in a D.C. generator varies significantly with the load current? |
| 1024 | Why are the D.C. motors preferred for traction applications? |
| 1025 | Which one of the following is not necessarily the advantage of D.C. motors over A.C. motors? |
| 1026 | The speed of a motor falls from 1100 r.p.m. at no-load to |
| 1027 | Flywheel is used with D.C. compound motor to reduce the peak demand by ___ |
| 1028 | The mechanical power developed by a shunt motor will be maximum when the ___ |
| 1029 | For the same H.P. rating and full load speed, following motor has ___ |
| 1030 | The speed of a D.C. series motor is ___ |
| 1031 | A three point starter is considered suitable for ___ |
| 1032 | If the speed of a D.C. shunt motor is increased the ___ |
| 1033 | A D.C. series motor is that which ___ |
| 1034 | If a D.C. motor is to be selected for conveyors, which motor would be preferred? |
| 1035 | Which of the following methods gives the greatest breaking torque? |
| 1036 | Hopkinson’s test is conducted at ___ |
| 1037 | In an overloaded motor main danger arises due to ___ |
| 1038 | The use of armature divertor in the rheostatic method of ___ |
| 1039 | The maximum end-play of a motor is ___ |
| 1040 | A D.C. shunt motor is rotating in clockwise direction as viewed from ___ |
| 1041 | Which of the following methods is most ecoriomical fol. finding the no-load losses of ___ |
| 1042 | D.C. motor is to drive a load which has certain minimum value for most of ___ |
| 1043 | Hopkinson’s test on D.C. machines is ___ |
| 1044 | Which of the following loss in a D.C. generator is dissipated in the form of heat? |
| 1045 | In hazardous area of gassy mines, material transportation is ___ |
| 1046 | If the speed of a D.C. shunt motor is increased, the back e.m.f. of ___ |
| 1047 | The speed of a D.C. motor can be varied by ___ |
| 1048 | Usually wide and sensitive speed control is desired in case of ___ |
| 1049 | Speed control by Ward Leonard method gives ___ |
| 1050 | Which one of the following is not the function of pole shoes in a D.C. machine? |
| 1051 | D.C. series motors are ___ |
| 1052 | The starting resistance of a D.C. motor is ___ |
| 1053 | In D.C. machines fractional pitch winding is ___ |
| 1054 | A direct on line starter is used for ___ |
| 1055 | In D.C. shunt motors as load is ___ |
| 1056 | Which of the following application requires high starting torque? |
| 1057 | Regenerative braking on shunt motors is ___ |
| 1058 | Which of the following can be used for controlling the speed of a D.C. motor? |
| 1059 | Which of the following loss of D.C. motor decreases with increase in load? |
| 1060 | Between Field’s test and Hopkinson’s test the main common thing is ___ |
| 1061 | All motors, basically, operate on the principle of ___ |
| 1062 | The speed of a D.C. motor, under constant load conditions, is ___ |
| 1063 | When the electric train is moving down a hill the D.C. motor act as ___ |
| 1064 | If a D.C. shunt motor is working at full load and if ___ |
| 1065 | Which of the following tests will be suitable for testing two similar D.C. series motors of large capacity? |
| 1066 | Which loss in a D.C. generator does not vary with load as well as flux density? |
| 1067 | Which of the following motor is used in the locomotives motor drives? |
| 1068 | Which loss is likely to have highest proportion at rated load of the generator? |
| 1069 | Which of the following motors one will choose to drive the rotary compressor? |
| 1070 | At the instant of starting when a D.C. motor is put on supply, it ___ |
| 1071 | Which of the following method of speed control, of D.C. machine will offer minimum efficiency? |
| 1072 | Sparking is discouraged in a D.C. motor because ___ |
| 1073 | Field winding of a D.C. series motor is usually provided with ___ |
| 1074 | If a D.C. shunt motor is working at no load and if ___ |
| 1075 | Which of the following load normally needs starting torque more than the rated torque? |
| 1076 | In which of the following applications D.C. series motor is invariably tried? |
| 1077 | In a D.C. shunt motor, speed is ___ |
| 1078 | Starters are used with D.C. motors because ___ |
| 1079 | In regenerative braking ___ |
| 1080 | Ward-Leonard system of speed control is ___ |
| 1081 | The armature shaft of a D.C. motor must be able to ___ |
| 1082 | The variable resistor shunting the field of a D.C. series motor is ___ |
| 1083 | In a D.C. motor, the ratio ___ |
| 1084 | What will happen if supply terminals of D.C. shunt motor are interchanged? |
| 1085 | Where D.C. motor of H.P. 12 or more requires frequent starting, stopping, reversing and ___ |
| 1086 | The purpose of retardation test on D.C. shunt machines is ___ |
| 1087 | Which loss in a D.C. generator varies with load? |
| 1088 | Four point starter in the D.C. motor is ___ |
| 1089 | In a D.C. generator all of the following could be the effects of ___ |
| 1090 | For constant torque drive which speed control method is preferred? |
| 1091 | If the terminals of armature of D.C. motor are interchanged, this action will ___ |
| 1092 | In case the back e.m.f. and the speed of a D.C. motor are doubled, the ___ |
| 1093 | The armature torque of the D.C. shunt motor is ___ |
| 1094 | Three point starter can be used for ___ |
| 1095 | As compared to an induction motor, the air gap in a D.C. motor is ___ |
| 1096 | Which D.C. motor will be suitable along with flywheel for intermittent light and heavy loads? |
| 1097 | Which of the following law/rule can he used to determine the direction of rotation of D.C. motor? |
| 1098 | By looking at which part of the motor, it can be easily confirmed that a particular motor is D.C. motor? |
| 1099 | The speed of a D.C. shunt motor more than its full-load speed can be ___ |
| 1100 | If the field of a D.C. shunt motor gets opened while motor is ___ |
| 1101 | Which of the following tests can be used to determine no-load losses in a D.C. shunt motor? |
| 1102 | Speed control of a cumulatively compounded D.C. motor can be ___ |
| 1103 | A D.C. motor can be easily identified by ___ |
| 1104 | Which of the following is not necessarily the advantage of D.C. motors over A.C. motors? |
| 1105 | Which of the following statements is correct, in case of a D.C. series motor? |
| 1106 | The operation of electric generators and motors depend on the ___ |
| 1107 | In a D.C. motor, unidirectional torque is produced with the ___ |
| 1108 | A series motor is started without ___ |
| 1109 | The speed of a D.C. shunt motor is required to be ___ |
| 1110 | When the armature of a D.C. motor rotates, e.m.f. induced is ___ |
| 1111 | D.C. generators are installed near the load centres to ___ |
| 1112 | Which of the following steps is likely to result in reduction of hysteresis loss in a D.C. generator? |
| 1113 | The retardation test is applicable to shunt motors and ___ |
| 1114 | The hysteresis loss in a D.C. machine least depends on ___ |
| 1115 | Ward-Leonard control is basically a ___ |
| 1116 | If a D.C. motor designed for 40°C ambient temperature is ___ |
| 1117 | If Ia be the armature current, then speed of ___ |
| 1118 | As the load is increased the speed of D.C. shunt motor will ___ |
| 1119 | Which D.C. motor is generally preferred for cranes and hoists? |
| 1120 | When the speed of a D.C. motor increases ___ |
| 1121 | Which D.C. motor has got maximum self loading property? |
| 1122 | In a D.C. generator in case the brushes are moved so as to ___ |
| 1123 | In D.C. generator, on ___ |
| 1124 | For a D.C. generator when the number of poles and the number of ___ |
| 1125 | The commutator segments are connected to the armature conductors by ___ |
| 1126 | When the shunt field of a compound generator is ___ |
| 1127 | A properly designed D.C. generator can have an overall efficiency of ___ |
| 1128 | If residual magnetism of a shunt generator is ___ |
| 1129 | Two generators A and B running in parallel are supplying power to ___ |
| 1130 | A shunt generator can self-excite ___ |
| 1131 | Following energized winding of a D.C. machine should not be opened as ___ |
| 1132 | In over compounded generator, full load terminal voltage is ___ |
| 1133 | Lap winding is composed of ___ |
| 1134 | Armature coil is short-circuited by brushes when it ___ |
| 1135 | In D.C. generators on no-load, the air gap flux distribution in ___ |
| 1136 | Following D.C. generator will be in a position to ___ |
| 1137 | The e.m.f. generated by a shunt wound D.C. generator is ___ |
| 1138 | The demagnetising component of armature reaction in a ___ |
| 1139 | In a D.C. machine, short-circuited field coil will result in ___ |
| 1140 | In a D.C. generator, the armature reaction results in ___ |
| 1141 | Brushes of D.C. machines are made of ___ |
| 1142 | In lap winding, the number of brushes is ___ |
| 1143 | The field coils of D.C. generator are usually made of ___ |
| 1144 | Which of the following statements is incorrect in D.C. shunt generators about hysteresis loss? |
| 1145 | If a self excited D.C. generator after being installed, fails to build up on ___ |
| 1146 | Which generator would you prefer for feeding long D.C. transmission lines? |
| 1147 | A series generator can ___ |
| 1148 | Armature reaction in a generator results in ___ |
| 1149 | In a D.C. machine stray loss is the ___ |
| 1150 | To achieve sparkless commutation brushes of a D.C. generator are ___ |
| 1151 | In a D.C. generator in order to reduce sparking at brushes, the ___ |
| 1152 | D.C. series generator is ___ |
| 1153 | The voltage drop for which of the following types of brush can be expected to be least? |
| 1154 | Which of the following statement about D.C. generators is false? |
| 1155 | Eddy currents are induced in the pole shoes of a D.C. machine due to ___ |
| 1156 | Requirement of speed at which machine is ___ |
| 1157 | In D.C. generators, the cause of rapid brush wear may be ___ |
| 1158 | The resistance of armature winding depends on ___ |
| 1159 | An ideal D.C. generator has a regulation of ___ |
| 1160 | The main factor which leads to unstable parallel operation of ___ |
| 1161 | With a D.C. generator which of the following regulation is preferred? |
| 1162 | D. C. generator works on the principle of ___ |
| 1163 | If residual magnetism is present in a D.C. generator, the induced e.m.f. at ___ |
| 1164 | In any rotating machine that part which houses the conductors and in ___ |
| 1165 | In a D.C. generator the critical resistance refers to ___ |
| 1166 | In a D.C. generator the magnetic neutral axis coincides with ___ |
| 1167 | For the parallel operation of two or more D.C. compound generators, we should ___ |
| 1168 | Two generators A and B have ___ |
| 1169 | A D.C. welding generator has ___ |
| 1170 | D.C. generators are connected to the busbars or disconnected from ___ |
| 1171 | For generating large currents on D.C. generators which winding is ___ |
| 1172 | The bearings used to support the rotor shafts are ___ |
| 1173 | The armature of D.C. generator is laminated to ___ |
| 1174 | An external resistance added in the field of ___ |
| 1175 | Shunt generators are most suited for stable parallel operation because of ___ |
| 1176 | When two D.C. generators are running in parallel an equilizer bar is ___ |
| 1177 | Two generators are running in ___ |
| 1178 | In a separately excited generator supplying rated load the ___ |
| 1179 | A D.C. generator can be considered as ___ |
| 1180 | The e.m.f. induced in the armature of a shunt generator is ___ |
| 1181 | In a D.C. machine, fractional pitch winding is ___ |
| 1182 | In the case of lap winding resultant pitch is ___ |
| 1183 | Armature reaction of an unsaturated D.C. machine is ___ |
| 1184 | Iron losses in a D.C. machine are independent of ___ |
| 1185 | While applying Fleming’s right-hand rule to find the direction of ___ |
| 1186 | Which one of the following generators is used for charging the batteries? |
| 1187 | As a result of armature reaction, the reduction in the total mutual air gap flux in ___ |
| 1188 | In case of D.C. generators, the armature voltage control is considered as ___ |
| 1189 | Which of the following generators will be preferred if they are required to be run in parallel? |
| 1190 | A 220 V D.C. generator is run at full speed without any ___ |
| 1191 | Which of the following D.C. generators will be in a position to build up without any residual magnetism in the poles? |
| 1192 | Number of tappings for each equilizer ring is ___ |
| 1193 | Flashing the field of D.C. generator means ___ |
| 1194 | In D.C. generators the polarity of ___ |
| 1195 | Open circuited armature coil of a D.C. machine is ___ |
| 1196 | In a D.C. generator the ripples in the direct e.m.f. generated are reduced by ___ |
| 1197 | The function of pole shoes in the case of D.C. machine is ___ |
| 1198 | If brushes of a D.C. generator are moved in order to bring these brushes in ___ |
| 1199 | The insulating material used between the commutator segments is ___ |
| 1200 | In case of D.C. machines, mechanical losses are ___ |
| 1201 | Fleming’s right-hand rule regarding direction of ___ |
| 1202 | Laminations of core are generally made of ___ |
| 1203 | In D.C. generators, the brushes remain in contact with ___ |
| 1204 | A simple method of increasing the voltage of ___ |
| 1205 | The series field of a short-shunt D.C. generator is ___ |
| 1206 | The essential condition for parallel operation of ___ |
| 1207 | Which of the following generating machine will offer constant voltage on all loads? |
| 1208 | A sinusoidal voltage of 5 Hz is applied to the field of ___ |
| 1209 | Which of the following generator will have negligible terminal voltage while running on no-load? |
| 1210 | The rapid wear of brushes takes place due to ___ |
| 1211 | A D.C. generator fails to build up the probable cause could ___ |
| 1212 | Permeance is the reciprocal of ___ |
| 1213 | Satisfactory commutation of D.C. machines requires ___ |
| 1214 | Which of the following components of a D.C. generator plays ___ |
| 1215 | For a D.C. machines laboratory following type of D.C. supply will be ___ |
| 1216 | In a lap wound D.C. generator having p as number of poles and Z as ___ |
| 1217 | The material for commutator brushes is ___ |
| 1218 | A separately excited generator as compared to a ___ |
| 1219 | According to Fleming’s right-hand rule for finding the direction of ___ |
| 1220 | Which of the following could be lamina-proximately the thickness of lamina-tions of a D.C. machine? |
| 1221 | Which generator cannot start if there is no residual magnetism? |
| 1222 | The ___ generator has poorest voltage regulation |
| 1223 | For both lap and wave windings, there are as many commutator bars as ___ |
| 1224 | Two D.C. shunt generators, each with armature resistance of ___ |
| 1225 | When two D.C. series generators are running in parallel, an equilizer bar is ___ |
| 1226 | In a D.C. generator ___ |
| 1227 | In case of a ___ |
| 1228 | The following constitute short-circuit in ___ |
| 1229 | In a shunt generator the voltage build up is generally restricted by ___ |
| 1230 | In a D.C. generator the number of mechanical degrees and electrical degrees will ___ |
| 1231 | D.C. generator generates ___ |
| 1232 | Compensating windings are used in ___ |
| 1233 | In case of D.C. machine winding, number of commutator segments is ___ |
| 1234 | In D.C. generators, the brushes on commutator remain in ___ |
| 1235 | In case of a 4-pole D.C. generator provided with a ___ |
| 1236 | Copper brushes in D.C. machine are ___ |
| 1237 | In D.C. generators the pole shoes are fastened to ___ |
| 1238 | If the no load voltage of a certain generator is 210 V and ___ |
| 1239 | Which one of the following types of generators does not ___ |
| 1240 | The number of armature parallel paths in a ___ |
| 1241 | The open circuit voltage of a compound generator is ___ |
| 1242 | The critical resistance of the D.C. generator is ___ |
| 1243 | The terminal voltage of a D.C. shunt generator drops on ___ |
| 1244 | An exciter for a turbo generator is a ___ |
| 1245 | To avoid formation of grooves in the commutator of ___ |
| 1246 | The purpose of providing dummy coils in a ___ |
| 1247 | D.C. generator generally preferred for charging automobile batteries is ___ |
| 1248 | The armature core of a D.C. generator is ___ |
| 1249 | The number of brushes in a commutator depends on ___ |
| 1250 | The polarity of a D.C. generator can be reversed by |
| 1251 | If B is the flux density, i the length of ___ |
| 1252 | In a four-pole D.C. machine ___ |
| 1253 | In a commutator ___ |
| 1254 | Drop in speed of a D.C. generator due to increase in ___ |
| 1255 | The slight curvature at the lower emf of the O.C.C. of ___ |
| 1256 | In a D.C. generator the critical resistance can be increased by ___ |
| 1257 | The terminal voltage of a series generator is 150 V when the load current is ___ |
| 1258 | Wave winding is composed of ___ |
| 1259 | In a level compounded D.C. generator, full load terminal voltage is ___ |
| 1260 | In a D.C. generator in case the resistance of the field winding is ___ |
| 1261 | A cumulatively compounded long shunt generator when ___ |
| 1262 | A shunt generator running at 1000 r.p.m. has ___ |
| 1263 | Interpole flux should be ___ |
| 1264 | In a D.C. generator the actual flux distribution depends upon ___ |
| 1265 | Magnetic field in a D.C. generator is produced by ___ |
| 1266 | Equilizer rings are required in ___ |
| 1267 | Which of the following is the common synchronous speed in ___ |
| 1268 | An alternator operating at lower voltage, for the same power rating, will be ___ |
| 1269 | Which of the following conditions does not have to be met by alternators working in parallel? |
| 1270 | If the driving force of both the alternators running in parallel is ___ |
| 1271 | As load power factor of an alternator becomes more ___ |
| 1272 | Two alternators are to be put in ___ |
| 1273 | The load between two steam-driven alternators operating in ___ |
| 1274 | For parallel operation, A.C. polyphase alternators must have the same ___ |
| 1275 | Turbo-alternators usually have ___ |
| 1276 | To obtain sinusoidal flux distribution ___ |
| 1277 | If an alternator is operating at leading power factor, then it can be ___ |
| 1278 | The slip rings employed in a 3-phase alternator in hydro station are ___ |
| 1279 | Which of the following is not integral part of synchronous generator system? |
| 1280 | Harmonic component of generated e.m.f. will be more in ___ |
| 1281 | Turbo-alternators are generally used to run at ___ |
| 1282 | The speed of a 4-pole 60 Hz synchronous machine will be ___ |
| 1283 | ___ plays an important role in overspeed protection of a generator? |
| 1284 | In an alternator, the frequency of voltage generated depends on ___ |
| 1285 | When an alternator is supplying unity power factor load, the ___ |
| 1286 | The distribution factor, in alternators, is defined as ___ |
| 1287 | The power factor of an alternator is determined by its ___ |
| 1288 | The choice of field construction, in an alternator, is ___ |
| 1289 | If the input to the prime mover of an alternator is kept constant but ___ |
| 1290 | Synchronous impedance method gives more regulation as ___ |
| 1291 | In an alternator terminal voltage rise will be ___ |
| 1292 | 4 pole 1500 r.p.m. alternator will generate e.m.f. at ___ |
| 1293 | Dirt accumulation in generators can cause all of ___ |
| 1294 | When the speed of an altenator increases ___ |
| 1295 | Unbalanced three-phase stator currents cause ___ |
| 1296 | In power generating stations (Thermal stations), the usual number of ___ |
| 1297 | The speed of a p-pole synchronous machine in r.p.m. is ___ |
| 1298 | Salient pole type alternators are ___ |
| 1299 | The speed of a p-pole synchronous machine in ___ |
| 1300 | In an alternator one of the advantages of ___ |
| 1301 | In an alternator, the armature reaction ___ |
| 1302 | At leading power factor, the armature flux in ___ |
| 1303 | If two alternators are running in parallel and the excitation of one of the alternators is ___ |
| 1304 | Which of the following coils in an alternator will have e.m.f. closer to sine waveform? |
| 1305 | If two alternators are running in proper synchronism and the voltage of ___ |
| 1306 | In a larger generator dampers ___ |
| 1307 | The power factor of an alternator is determined by ___ |
| 1308 | In an alternator, armature reaction is considered equivalent to ___ |
| 1309 | Non-salient pole type of rotor construction is usually provided in ___ |
| 1310 | Which harmonic will be totally eliminated in an alternator by using a fractional pitch of 4/5? |
| 1311 | In a star connected armature winding ___ |
| 1312 | Large-diameter salient-pole rotors have short axial length mainly because ___ |
| 1313 | For parallel operation of the two alternators, desirable feature is ___ |
| 1314 | Two alternators ‘1’ and ‘2’ are sharing an inductive load equally ___ |
| 1315 | An alternator driven by a Francis hydraulic turbine is ___ |
| 1316 | The power drawn by the prime-mover of an alternator, under ___ |
| 1317 | Salient pole rotors are used where ___ |
| 1318 | In an alternator short-circuit current is limited by ___ |
| 1319 | Alternator of a central power station will have ___ |
| 1320 | In an alternator the armature reaction is mainly influenced by ___ |
| 1321 | An infinite bus bar has ___ |
| 1322 | In a synchronous machine, all of the following losses are ___ |
| 1323 | Alternators are usually designed to ___ |
| 1324 | The number of poles in turbo-alternator is ___ |
| 1325 | An alternator coupled to which primemover will usually have the highest rotating speed? |
| 1326 | Due to which of the following reasons, for aircraft alternators high frequency is used? |
| 1327 | If the voltage of one of the two machines running in synchronism is ___ |
| 1328 | When two alternators are running in exact synchronism, the ___ |
| 1329 | In turbo-alternators, smooth cylindrical type rotors used have ___ |
| 1330 | The advantage of salient poles in an alternator is ___ |
| 1331 | An exciter for a generator is ___ |
| 1332 | An alternator is said to be over excited when it is ___ |
| 1333 | A stationary alternator should not be connected to ___ |
| 1334 | For a 3-phase winding with 5 slots per pole per phase and ___ |
| 1335 | Voltage regulation obtained by synchronous impedance method is ___ |
| 1336 | For a given output steam turbo-alternators are much smaller is ___ |
| 1337 | Zero power factor method for an alternator is ___ |
| 1338 | Regulation of an alternator supplying leading load is ___ |
| 1339 | The dark and bright lamp method is ___ |
| 1340 | Where the terminal voltage of an alternator falls on throwing of ___ |
| 1341 | In case of turbo-alternators the rotor is ___ |
| 1342 | Hydrogen is used in large alternators mainly to ___ |
| 1343 | The permissible duration for which a generator of rated frequency 50 Hz can ___ |
| 1344 | One of the super-thermal power stations is ___ |
| 1345 | In an alternator field the effect of crossmagnetisation is to ___ |
| 1346 | If the driving power from the primemover driving an alternator is lost but the alternator remains connected to ___ |
| 1347 | The regulation of an alternator is ___ |
| 1348 | Due to which of the following- reasons concentrated windings are not used in alternators? |
| 1349 | Which of the following methods is best for finding the voltage regulation? |
| 1350 | If the space flux distribution is nonsinusoidal, e.m.f. induced in the ___ |
| 1351 | In an alternator, the stator frame serves ___ |
| 1352 | The speed of an alternator is changed from ___ |
| 1353 | Excessive windage loss and noise occur with ___ |
| 1354 | In an alternator, the armature reaction will be completely magnetizing in ___ |
| 1355 | The speed of a salient pole machine is ___ |
| 1356 | In which coil the harmonic component of the generated e.m.f. will be more? |
| 1357 | An exciter is a nothing but a ___ |
| 1358 | In order to reduce the harmonics in the e.m.f. generated in ___ |
| 1359 | Which of the following prime-movers is the Ieast efficient? |
| 1360 | In an alternator, pitch factor is the ratio of ___ |
| 1361 | In an alternator zero power factor method is used to find the ___ |
| 1362 | Two alternators are running in ___ |
| 1363 | The regulation of an alternator is likely to be negative in case of ___ |
| 1364 | An alternator running in parallel with other alternators all having ___ |
| 1365 | For the alternators operating in parallel, if the load shared by one of them is to be ___ |
| 1366 | Generated e.m.f. for same field current and double speed will be ___ |
| 1367 | In a cylindrical rotor how much portion of the rotor is wound? |
| 1368 | In an alternator, for a coil having a span of 2/3 of pole pitch, the ___ |
| 1369 | Fleming’s left hand rule may be applied to an electric generator to ___ |
| 1370 | Modern 3-phase alternator of a central power station will have ___ |
| 1371 | Which of the following primemover is least efficient? |
| 1372 | Which of the following organisations is engaged in the manufacture of large size alternators for ___ |
| 1373 | Which of the following relays come into operation in the event of ___ |
| 1374 | A lower voltage alternator, for the same power rating, will be ___ |
| 1375 | The Poter’s triangle separates the ___ |
| 1376 | Synchronous impedance method of finding voltage regulation of ___ |
| 1377 | The maximum current that can be supplied by an alternator depends on ___ |
| 1378 | Dirt accumulation in generators can cause ___ |
| 1379 | A commercial alternator has ___ |
| 1380 | If the input to the primemover of an alternator is kept constant but ___ |
| 1381 | Alternators, now a days, are designed to have ___ |
| 1382 | Damper winding on alternator results in all of the ___ |
| 1383 | In alternators the standard practice, now a days is to ___ |
| 1384 | In a large generator, dampers ___ |
| 1385 | What kind of rotor is most suitable for turbo-alternators which are designed to run at high speed? |
| 1386 | The frequency of voltage generated in large alternators is ___ |
| 1387 | What is the largest size of alternator being manufactured in India? |
| 1388 | Salient pole type rotors as compared to ___ |
| 1389 | When two alternators are running in parallel, their kVAR load share and kW load ___ |
| 1390 | The fictitious part of synchronous reactance takes care of ___ |
| 1391 | In an alternator, when the load power factor is ___ |
| 1392 | In an alternator, the flux created by the armature m.m.f. subtracts directly from the ___ |
| 1393 | Overheating of generator’s winding ___ |
| 1394 | Unlike D.C. generator kW rating, alternators are rated in ___ |
| 1395 | Turbo-rotor is made up of ___ |
| 1396 | In an alternator short pitch coils are used ___ |
| 1397 | In air-crafts, alternators have operating frequency of ___ |
| 1398 | Which fractional pitch will eliminate the seventh harmonic from the voltage waveform of an alternator? |
| 1399 | An alternator is capable of delivering power at a ___ |
| 1400 | Which of the following is a prime mover? |
| 1401 | When a three-phase alternator supplies capacitive load, armature reaction ___ |
| 1402 | The rotor preferred for alternators applied to ___ |
| 1403 | Which one of the following statements regarding the position of ___ |
| 1404 | The synchronous impedance of a synchronous-induction motor is ___ |
| 1405 | Stable operation of an induction motor is ___ |
| 1406 | The rotor of motor-convertor is wound for ___ |
| 1407 | The large sized induction motors are protected against overload by ___ |
| 1408 | A 4-pole, 50 Hz, 3-phase induction motor has blocked rotor reactance per ___ |
| 1409 | Crawling in an induction motor is due to ___ |
| 1410 | A 3-phase squirrel cage induction motor has a full-load efficiency of ___ |
| 1411 | In a 3-phase slip-ring induction motor high starting torque is ___ |
| 1412 | The input to a stepper motor is in the form of ___ |
| 1413 | When will a slip-ring induction motor run at super synchronous speed? |
| 1414 | The core losses, and friction and windage losses in case of ___ |
| 1415 | Given that D=rotor diameter and L=axial length, a high performance ___ |
| 1416 | Consequent pole technique employed for speed control of ___ |
| 1417 | The power factor of a lightly loaded induction motor is ___ |
| 1418 | Which of the following types of motors are not the commutator motors? |
| 1419 | A 3-phase induction motor fed from a 3-phase voltage regulator is ___ |
| 1420 | What is the rotor copper loss of a 3-phase 550 volt, 50Hz, 6 poles ___ |
| 1421 | An electric motor gets ___ |
| 1422 | In auto-transformer starting of a 3-phase induction motor, if ___ |
| 1423 | The rotor of a three phase, 5 kW, 400 V, 50Hz, slip ring induction motor is ___ |
| 1424 | Iron loss in the rotor of a 3-phase induction motor is ___ |
| 1425 | The starting current of a 3Φ induction motor is 5 times the ___ |
| 1426 | The maximum possible speed of a 3-phase squirrel cage induction motor running at ___ |
| 1427 | An increase in rotor circuit reactance of a 3-phase induction motor will ___ |
| 1428 | In an hysteresis motor, the rotor core must have ___ |
| 1429 | For starting a 3-phase induction motor ___ |
| 1430 | If Ns is the synchronous speed, N is the rotor speed and s is the slip then ___ |
| 1431 | Which one of the following statements is correct in respect of an induction motor? |
| 1432 | Reluctance torque is the ___ |
| 1433 | A 3-phase induction motor is operating at its ___ |
| 1434 | The rotor circuit of an induction motor under operating condition is ___ |
| 1435 | The starting torque of a squirrel cage induction motor is ___ |
| 1436 | Direction of rotation of a repulsion motor is reversed by ___ |
| 1437 | Induction motors, over synchronous motors, have the ___ |
| 1438 | A 3-phase, 4-pole squirrel cage induction motor has ___ |
| 1439 | In an induction motor under running condition, the rotor reactance per phase is ___ |
| 1440 | In a repulsion motor the brushes are ___ |
| 1441 | In the ecluivalent circuit of a double cage induction motor the ___ |
| 1442 | In a 3-phase wound rotor induction motor the short-circuit gear is ___ |
| 1443 | In a slip-ring induction motor, the frequency of rotor currents can be ___ |
| 1444 | The armature reaction in a large sized universal motor is ___ |
| 1445 | The rotor slots in a 3-phase induction motor are ___ |
| 1446 | The induction motor shaft is made of ___ |
| 1447 | A 3-phase induction motor is operating at ___ |
| 1448 | An induction motor with larger number of slots has ___ |
| 1449 | An induction motor works with ___ |
| 1450 | An 8 pole alternator runs at ___ |
| 1451 | In a large sized ac series motor, the inductive effects of ___ |
| 1452 | A salient pole synchronous generator delivering power to an infinite bus through a ___ |
| 1453 | The voltage actually used for setting up of the useful flux in the ___ |
| 1454 | In hand tool applications, which one of the following single-phase motors is used? |
| 1455 | Zero sequence impedance of a 3-phase cage induction motor is ___ |
| 1456 | Two alternators each having 4% speed regulation are working in ___ |
| 1457 | The relative speed between stator and rotor fluxes is ___ |
| 1458 | In a shaded-pole induction motor, the rotor runs from the ___ |
| 1459 | In which of the following tests to be conducted on ___ |
| 1460 | Synchronising current means ___ |
| 1461 | A wound rotor induction motor can be distinguished from ___ |
| 1462 | In a ceiling fan employing permanent capacitor motor ___ |
| 1463 | In a 3-phase induction motor, the variable mechanical load is ___ |
| 1464 | The alternators are operated in parallel because it ___ |
| 1465 | The rotor winding for a 3-phase slip-ring induction motor having ___ |
| 1466 | If the capacitor of a capacitor start induction motor is ___ |
| 1467 | The rotor power output of a 3-phase induction motor is ___ |
| 1468 | If all the stator coils of an induction motor are connected for the same magnetic polarity, there will ___ |
| 1469 | The capacitor usually used on 1440 rpm, 50 Hz capacitor-start induction motor is ___ |
| 1470 | Whenever any polyphase induction motor is ___ |
| 1471 | While starting a synchronous motor its field winding should be ___ |
| 1472 | A power station consists of two synchronous generators A and B of ___ |
| 1473 | Centrifugal switch fitted on the rotor will operate when ___ |
| 1474 | A 3-phase induction motor is driving a constant torque load of 1 pu at ___ |
| 1475 | The number of poles on a pony motor employed for starting of a ___ |
| 1476 | If the prime mover of an alternator supplying load to an infinite bus is ___ |
| 1477 | Single phase induction motors are made self starting by ___ |
| 1478 | A 3-phase synchronous motor hunts due to ___ |
| 1479 | Two 3-phase Y-connected alternators are to be paralleled to a set of ___ |
| 1480 | In a comparative study of the torque-slip characteristic of a ___ |
| 1481 | In an induction motor if the flux density is reduced to one-half of its ___ |
| 1482 | A synchronous motor operating at rated voltage draws 1.0 pu current at ___ |
| 1483 | Desirable feature for successful parallel operation of two alternators is ___ |
| 1484 | In a single phase ac induction motor ___ |
| 1485 | In a 3-phase 50 Hz induction motor the voltage between the ___ |
| 1486 | Stability of a synchronous motor ___ |
| 1487 | A 3-phase synchronous motor is widely used for ___ |
| 1488 | In particular motor there is a stator phase winding and ___ |
| 1489 | An induction motor having 8 poles runs at ___ |
| 1490 | At constant load, the magnitude of armature current drawn by a ___ |
| 1491 | The rotor copper losses of a synchronous motor are met by ___ |
| 1492 | The secondary of a linear induction motor normally consists of a ___ |
| 1493 | The direction of rotation of a 3-phase induction motor is clockwise when it is ___ |
| 1494 | When the excitation of normally operating unloaded salient-pole synchronous ___ |
| 1495 | A cylindrical rotor synchronous motor is switched on to the ___ |
| 1496 | If any two leads front slip rings are interchanged in ___ |
| 1497 | A synchronous generator connected to an infinite bus is ___ |
| 1498 | A pony motor is basically a ___ |
| 1499 | In dynamic braking of 3-phase induction motors ___ |
| 1500 | Skewing of the rotor in a three-phase squirrel-cage induction motor reduces ___ |
| 1501 | Which of the following devices can be used as a phase advancer? |
| 1502 | Speeds higher than synchronous speed can be ___ |
| 1503 | A smaller air gap in a polyphase induction motor helps to ___ |
| 1504 | For a given developed power, a synchronous motor operating from a ___ |
| 1505 | Rotor resistance speed control used for 3-phase slip-ring induction motors has ___ |
| 1506 | In a 3-phase squirrel cage induction motor ___ |
| 1507 | A 3-phase synchronous motor needs dc supply for ___ |
| 1508 | A synchronous motor installed at the end of a transmission line is ___ |
| 1509 | In a variable speed induction motor drive V/f is kept constant over a wide range of its ___ |
| 1510 | Which of the following statements associated with polyphase induction motor is/are correct? |
| 1511 | In a synchronous machine, if the armature field axis is ahead of the ___ |
| 1512 | In a synchronous motor the excitation voltage on no load is approximately equal to ___ |
| 1513 | If the excitation of an alternator connected to an infinite bus-bar is changed, keeping the ___ |
| 1514 | A polyphase field is ___ |
| 1515 | What is the effect of the field failure of salient pole synchronous motor connected with infinite bus? |
| 1516 | The starting current of an induction motor is 5 times the full-load current while ___ |
| 1517 | Synchronising torque will come into ___ |
| 1518 | The direct axis and quadrature axis reactances of a salient pole alternator are ___ |
| 1519 | An induction motor having full-load torque of 60 Nm when ___ |
| 1520 | In case one phase of a 3 -phase synchronous motor is ___ |
| 1521 | Which one of the following methods gives more accurate result for ___ |
| 1522 | The magnitude of emf induced in the armature of a ___ |
| 1523 | Unbalanced supply voltage given to a 3-phase, delta-connected induction motor will ___ |
| 1524 | Which of the following methods is employed for starting a 3- phase synchronous motor? |
| 1525 | Under short-circuit conditions, the power factor of ___ |
| 1526 | A 3-phase synchronous motor ___ |
| 1527 | In a double squirrel cage induction motor, the resistance of upper cage is ___ |
| 1528 | The damper windings also called the squirrel cage windings or ___ |
| 1529 | A 500 kVA, 1,100 V, 50Hz Y-connected 3 phase alternator has ___ |
| 1530 | In a synchronous motor ___ |
| 1531 | An induction motor and synchronous motor are connected to ___ |
| 1532 | The saturated synchronous reactance of an alternator is ___ |
| 1533 | A stand alone engine-driven synchronous generator is ___ |
| 1534 | The torque angle of a synchronous machine operating from a ___ |
| 1535 | Armature reaction effect is/are ___ |
| 1536 | A 50 Hz alternator is ___ |
| 1537 | The cogging occurs in induction motors due to ___ |
| 1538 | A synchrnous motor, connected to an infinite bus, is working at ___ |
| 1539 | When an alternator designed for operation at 60Hz is ___ |
| 1540 | The synchronous speed for the seventh space ___ |
| 1541 | The speed of a synchronous motor can be ___ |
| 1542 | No-load test on a 3-phase induction motor was conducted at ___ |
| 1543 | The operation of a 3-phase synchronous motor operating on constant excitation across ___ |
| 1544 | It is desirable to eliminate 5th harmonie voltage from the phase voltage of ___ |
| 1545 | The regulation obtained by synchronous impedance method is ___ |
| 1546 | Under no-load condition, if the applied voltage to an induction motor is ___ |
| 1547 | The power factor of an induction motor operating at no load will have ___ |
| 1548 | The coupling angle or load angle of a synchronous motor is defined as ___ |
| 1549 | The effects of slot harmonics are effectively reduced by ___ |
| 1550 | The power factor on which an alternator operates depends on the ___ |
| 1551 | The power factor of- a 3-phase induction motor is likely to be ___ |
| 1552 | A 400 V, 15 kW, 4-pole, 50 Hz Y-connected induction motor has ___ |
| 1553 | The armature current of a synchronous motor on ___ |
| 1554 | For a concentrated winding the polar group of each phase is ___ |
| 1555 | The synchronous reactance is the ___ |
| 1556 | In induction motor, air gap power is 10 kW and ___ |
| 1557 | What is the ratio of starting torque and maximum torque of a ___ |
| 1558 | In a 3-phase synchronous motor the magnitude of ___ |
| 1559 | For a two layer winding the number of stator slots is equal to ___ |
| 1560 | Leakage reactance of the armature of a salient pole synchronous machine which ___ |
| 1561 | In a 3-phase induction motor iron loss mainly ___ |
| 1562 | Beyond the point of maximum torque any further increase in load will ___ |
| 1563 | A synchronous generator has its field winding on the rotor and ___ |
| 1564 | The maximum possible speed at which an alternator can be ___ |
| 1565 | How can the reactive power delivered by a synchronous generator be controlled? |
| 1566 | A 3-phase induction motor if the leakage reactance is reduced by ___ |
| 1567 | For a slip-ring induction motor, if the rotor resistance is ___ |
| 1568 | Which of the statements is true? |
| 1569 | In salient pole field structure, the pole shoes cover about ___ |
| 1570 | The armature of a single phase alternator is completely wound with ___ |
| 1571 | Breakdown torque of a 3-phase induction motor of ___ |
| 1572 | If a 400 V, 50 Hz star-connected, 3-phase squirrel cage induction motor is ___ |
| 1573 | A synchronous motor is operated from a bus voltage of 1.0 pu and is ___ |
| 1574 | The stator core stampings also have openings which make ___ |
| 1575 | The stator of a 3-phase, 6-pole machine has ___ |
| 1576 | In case of an induction motor the leakage flux is more in comparison to that of ___ |
| 1577 | Modern alternators are designed to have poor regulation as ___ |
| 1578 | The armature of an ___ |
| 1579 | If the space flux distribution is non-sinusoidal. emf induced in the ___ |
| 1580 | In a 3-phase induction motor reactance under running condition is less than its ___ |
| 1581 | A voltmeter gives 120 oscillations per minute when connected to ___ |
| 1582 | The most important items to be kept under constant watch during operation of ___ |
| 1583 | The stator of modern alternators are wound for ___ |
| 1584 | The rotor of a 4-pole, 50Hz, 3-phase slip-ring induction motor runs in ___ |
| 1585 | The mmf produced by the rotor currents of a ___ |
| 1586 | A field excitation of 20 A in a certain alternator results in an armature current of 400 A in ___ |
| 1587 | The rating of a transformer ___ |
| 1588 | Cylindrical rotor alternators use ___ |
| 1589 | In an induction motor the slip will be negative when ___ |
| 1590 | At the instant of starting, the per unit slip of the ___ |
| 1591 | In a synchronous generator, the effect of crossmagnetization is to ___ |
| 1592 | In a constant voltage transformer (CVT), the output voltage remains constant due to ___ |
| 1593 | A three-phase 440V, 6 pole, 50Hz, squirrel cage induction motor is ___ |
| 1594 | The direction of rotation of a 3-phase induction motor can be ___ |
| 1595 | The flux set up by the armature current, which does not cross the ___ |
| 1596 | The kVA rating of an isolation transformer increases when connected as ___ |
| 1597 | In a synchronous machine, the stator frame is ___ |
| 1598 | The rotor of an induction motor never runs at synchronous speed, because then ___ |
| 1599 | The 5th space harmonics in the mmf developed by ___ |
| 1600 | A 2V/1 V two-winding transformer is connected as an ___ |
| 1601 | Alternator operates on the principle of ___ |
| 1602 | The rotor of a 3-phase induction motor rotates in the same direction as ___ |
| 1603 | Which of the following parameters in an induction motor influences the ___ |
| 1604 | A 4-pole 3-phase. double layer winding is housed in a 36 slot stator for ___ |
| 1605 | Two transformers are to be operated in parallel such that they share load in ___ |
| 1606 | Overcurrents in a transformer adversely affect ___ |
| 1607 | Which of the following statements about a squirrel induction cage motor is incorrect? |
| 1608 | The squirrel cage induction motors are provided with blades in ___ |
| 1609 | Chording and distribution of armature windings for ___ |
| 1610 | Two transformers when operating in parallel will share the load depending upon which of the following? |
| 1611 | The three-phase transformers each rated at ___ |
| 1612 | In a 3-phase slip-ring induction motor, the ___ |
| 1613 | The frame of an induction motor is ___ |
| 1614 | A three-phase 50 Hz, li kV and 37.5 MW at 0.9 p.f. capacity synchronous generator has ___ |
| 1615 | For successful parallel operation of two single phase transformers, the ___ |
| 1616 | For off-load tap changing the best method is to ___ |
| 1617 | Use of fractional pitch winding ___ |
| 1618 | In a salient pole synchronous machine, the air gap is ___ |
| 1619 | A single-phase 50 kVA, 250 V/500 V two winding transformer has an ___ |
| 1620 | Four identical alternators each rated for 20 MVA, 11 kV having a ___ |
| 1621 | Two alternators A and B are sharing an ___ |
| 1622 | The field system of an alternator is usually excited at ___ |
| 1623 | Three single phase transformers, each of 100 kVA rating, are connected in a ___ |
| 1624 | What is the power transmitted inductively in an auto-transformer which supplies a ___ |
| 1625 | An alternator connected to an infinite bus, for a given excitation, will ___ |
| 1626 | Which of the following methods used for synchronising of ___ |
| 1627 | The current from the stator of an alternator is taken out to ___ |
| 1628 | In the statement, “In a star/delta transformer, there exists a phase difference of ___ |
| 1629 | If per unit impedances of two transformers connected in parallel are ___ |
| 1630 | When two alternators are operating in ___ |
| 1631 | Which of the following is not the advantage of a synchronous motor? |
| 1632 | Repeated switching-in of transformers located near the ___ |
| 1633 | Addition of tubes to the transformer tank improves ___ |
| 1634 | Two 3-phase transformers are to be connected for ___ |
| 1635 | The two-bright and one dark lamp method is ___ |
| 1636 | Synchronous motors are inherently not self-starting motors as ___ |
| 1637 | In a single phase induction regulator, compensating winding is provided in order to ___ |
| 1638 | Conditions for parallel operation of transformer are ___ |
| 1639 | Which of the following synchronous motors has cost comparable to that of an induction motor? |
| 1640 | During hunting of synchronous motor ___ |
| 1641 | Constant current transformer is of ___ |
| 1642 | Buchholz relay is used for ___ |
| 1643 | Supply to one terminal of a delta-wye connected three phase core ___ |
| 1644 | During short-circuit test on a synchronous motor ___ |
| 1645 | The power factor of a synchronous motor ___ |
| 1646 | It is advisable to use auto-transformer if the ___ |
| 1647 | Conservator (for transformer) is ___ |
| 1648 | In a properly connected Y-A transformer, a voltmeter connected in ___ |
| 1649 | A 3-phase synchronous motor provided with damper winding is ___ |
| 1650 | A synchronous motor will deliver maximum power when ___ |
| 1651 | In an auto-transformer, power is ___ |
| 1652 | Under short-circuit condition, the windings of a transfonner having 5% impedance will ___ |
| 1653 | In a synchronous motor when the rotor speed exceeds ___ |
| 1654 | A synchronous motor is operating on no load at ___ |
| 1655 | Two transformers, with equal rating and negligible excitation current, connected in ___ |
| 1656 | The noise, in a transformer, caused by vibrations of laminations set by ___ |
| 1657 | Which of the following methods is employed for cooling of power transformers of rating not exceeding 10 MVA? |
| 1658 | Synchronous condenser means ___ |
| 1659 | A synchronous motor with comparatively large ___ |
| 1660 | In which transformer, the tertiary winding is used? |
| 1661 | Which of the following will improve the mutual coupling between primary and secondary circuits? |
| 1662 | For core type power transformers, both primary and secondary windings have ___ |
| 1663 | The power developed by a synchronous motor for constant supply voltage and ___ |
| 1664 | A 3-phase synchronous motor connected to an ___ |
| 1665 | A Δ/Δ connected transformer is connected to V/V connected transformer ___ |
| 1666 | Malfunctioning of the Buchholz relay may be caused due to ___ |
| 1667 | The value of load angle for a synchronous motor depends mainly upon its ___ |
| 1668 | What does the use of higher flux density value in a transformer design lead to? |
| 1669 | Malfunctioning of the Buchholz relay may be ___ |
| 1670 | A 3-phase synchronous motor is operating at a ___ |
| 1671 | The value of load angle for a synchronous motor depends mainly upon ___ |
| 1672 | If a 250 MVA, 11/400 kV three-phase power transformer has leakage reactance of ___ |
| 1673 | When a short-circuit test on a transformer is performed at ___ |
| 1674 | Transformer oil must be ___ |
| 1675 | The magnitude of counter or back emf in ___ |
| 1676 | The synchronous motor meets increase in load by ___ |
| 1677 | The low-voltage winding of a core type transformer is subdivided into ___ |
| 1678 | The efficiency of a 100 kVA transformer is 0.98 at ___ |
| 1679 | A salient pole synchronous motor is ___ |
| 1680 | What is the angle between the induced voltage and supply voltage of a synchronous motor under running condition? |
| 1681 | While performing the open-circuit antI short-circuit tests on a transformer to ___ |
| 1682 | For CRGOS mitred overlap is preferred for the ___ |
| 1683 | When does a synchronous motor operate with leading power factor current? |
| 1684 | Number of slip-rings in a 3-phase synchronous motor will be ___ |
| 1685 | In a large power transformer, a “conservator” drum is provided above the ___ |
| 1686 | In transformers, which of the following statements is valid? |
| 1687 | The permissible flux density in cold rolled grain oriented steel is ___ |
| 1688 | Electromagnetic torque is present in ___ |
| 1689 | A 3-Φ alternator has negligible stator resistance ___ |
| 1690 | Minor insulation in a transformer is the ___ |
| 1691 | On which of the following factors does hysteresis loss depend? |
| 1692 | The desirable properties of transformer core material are ___ |
| 1693 | The resultant voltage acting across the armature circuit of ___ |
| 1694 | Which one of the following statements is not correct in respect of synchronous machines? |
| 1695 | The leakage flux of primary and secondary windings can be ___ |
| 1696 | A 4 kVA, 400/200 V single-phase transformer has ___ |
| 1697 | A 2 kVA Lransformer has iron loss of 150 W and ___ |
| 1698 | The relative speed between the magnetic fields of ___ |
| 1699 | The phasor diagram by ASA method gives ___ |
| 1700 | Why is the core of the transformer built up of laminations? |
| 1701 | In a transformer supplying inductive ___ |
| 1702 | The transformer efficiency, under heavy loads, is comparatively low due to ___ |
| 1703 | An ideal synchronous motor has no ___ |
| 1704 | The effect of leading power factor on the voltage regulation of ___ |
| 1705 | Ferrite cores are employed in high frequency transformers due to ___ |
| 1706 | Primary winding of a transformer comprises of two identical windings in ___ |
| 1707 | A 20 kVA. 2000/200 V. I-phase transformer has ___ |
| 1708 | A turbo-alternator set feeds power to a 3-phase constant ___ |
| 1709 | When the load (inductive) is thrown off, the ___ |
| 1710 | When the load (inductive) is thrown off, the terminal voltage will ___ |
| 1711 | Power transformers are designed to have maximum efficiency around ___ |
| 1712 | Can a 50Hz transformer be used for 25 Hz, if the input voltage is ___ |
| 1713 | The open-circuit test on a transformer is usually performed by ___ |
| 1714 | Which of the below is the correct statement? |
| 1715 | In an alternator, the armature reaction is considered to be ___ |
| 1716 | For a transformer to be tested at full load conditions but consuming only ___ |
| 1717 | If the applied voltage of a certain transformer is increased by 50% and ___ |
| 1718 | In a power transformer iron losses remain practically constant from ___ |
| 1719 | A 3-phase alternator rated at 50 MVA, 22 kV has a ___ |
| 1720 | When a no-load test is carried out on hv side of ___ |
| 1721 | The primary and secondary windings of ___ |
| 1722 | In a transformer, zero voltage regulation at full load is ___ |
| 1723 | The phase sequence of a three-phase alternator will ___ |
| 1724 | If the frequency of input voltage of a transformer is ___ |
| 1725 | Utility factor is maximum for ___ |
| 1726 | The power factor of a transformer on no load is poor due to ___ |
| 1727 | In a synchronous generator delivering lagging ___ |
| 1728 | Skew of rotor bar eliminates ___ |
| 1729 | When a transformer is operating on no load, the primary applied voltage is ___ |
| 1730 | By connecting reactances at the slip-ring leads of a ___ |
| 1731 | 1 kVA, 230 V, 50 Hz, single phase transformer has ____ |
| 1732 | Armature reaction AT of a synchronous generator supplying power at ___ |
| 1733 | The windings for an alternator are ___ |
| 1734 | The inductive reactance of a transformer depends on ___ |
| 1735 | In a 12-phase star delta-double star connectìon, voltage of ___ |
| 1736 | A transformer steps up the voltage by a ___ |
| 1737 | Three generators rated 100 MVA, 11 kV have an impedance of ___ |
| 1738 | The aircraft alternators are designed to generate emf of high frequency of ___ |
| 1739 | In a transformer core, third and fifth harmonic components of ___ |
| 1740 | A rotary convertor combines the functions of ___ |
| 1741 | Power factor of an alternator driven by constant prime mover input can be ___ |
| 1742 | To obtain sinusoidal flux distribution, chamfering of ___ |
| 1743 | If the supply frequency of a transformer is increased, keeping the ___ |
| 1744 | Which one of the following types of motors is most suitable for a computer printer drive? |
| 1745 | If the dimensions of all the parts of ___ |
| 1746 | In a large synchronous generator, the damper winding is ___ |
| 1747 | If rated dc voltage is applied instead of ac to the primary of ___ |
| 1748 | Which one among the following has the highest numerical value in ___ |
| 1749 | The voltage drop in arc primarily depends on |
| 1750 | 4 pole star-connected alternator running at ___ |
| 1751 | Which type of alternator is used in hydroelectric power stations? |
| 1752 | Interphase transformers are used to ___ |
| 1753 | While a 2-phase ac servomotor is in operation, if the voltage across the ___ |
| 1754 | Voltage control in a rotary convertor is ___ |
| 1755 | Distortion of the whole core and subsequent damage to the ___ |
| 1756 | In comparison to mercury arc rectifiers metal rectifiers ___ |
| 1757 | In a rotary convertor, ac and dc armature powers will be ___ |
| 1758 | For speeds higher than say 3000 rpm, the machine used is ___ |
| 1759 | In a motor-convertor the commutator machine acts as ___ |
| 1760 | In turbo-alternators, smooth cylindrical rotors have ___ |
| 1761 | A 3 Φ, 3 stack, variable reluctance step motor has 20 poles on ___ |
| 1762 | An open in the centrifugal switch circuit gives an indication of ___ |
| 1763 | Stepper motors are mostly used for ___ |
| 1764 | A 400 V/100 V, 10 kVA two-winding transformer is reconnected as ___ |
| 1765 | The following motor definitely has a permanent magnet rotor ___ |
| 1766 | In which single phase motor, the motor has no teeth or winding? |
| 1767 | In a stepper motor, the detent torque means ___ |
| 1768 | In a synchronous machine, the stator frame serves the ___ |
| 1769 | A single phase transformer has rating of ___ |
| 1770 | A two-phase servomotor develops maximum torque at ___ |
| 1771 | Hysteresis motors are used for Hi-Q record players because of ___ |
| 1772 | For stability of an ac servomotor ___ |
| 1773 | Dust should never he allowed to accumulate on the core and windings in a ___ |
| 1774 | Two transformers of identical voltages but of different capacities are ___ |
| 1775 | An ac servomotor (2-phase induction motor) has a ___ |
| 1776 | The repulsion induction motor does not have the ___ |
| 1777 | A single phase induction regulator is a constant input transformer to ___ |
| 1778 | Scott-connected transformers can convert ___ |
| 1779 | If a single phase motor fails to start, it may be due to ___ |
| 1780 | The repulsion start induction motor has the advantage(s) of ___ |
| 1781 | The running winding of a single phase motor is ___ |
| 1782 | Tappings are usually provided on the hv winding of a transformer because it ___ |
| 1783 | A 3-phase alternator is connected to a ___ |
| 1784 | A fluctuating voltage supply is detrimental to a refrigerator motor but not to ___ |
| 1785 | In a single-phase repulsion motor power factor is ___ |
| 1786 | For toys, the preferred motor is ___ |
| 1787 | What is the efficiency of an auto-transformer in comparison to that of a two-winding transformer of the same rating? |
| 1788 | Five limb construction is preferred over three limb construction as ___ |
| 1789 | Hysteresis motor operates on the principle of ___ |
| 1790 | A repulsion motor is equipped with ___ |
| 1791 | In a single phase hysteresis motor |
| 1792 | What is the power transferred conductively from primary to secondary of ___ |
| 1793 | Which of the following motors is not a synchronous motor? |
| 1794 | Direction of rotation of a universal motor can be reversed by ___ |
| 1795 | In a reluctance motor, when the load increases to an extent that it ___ |
| 1796 | Two single phase transformers with equal turns have impedances of ___ |
| 1797 | Sludge formation in transformer oil is due to which one of the following? |
| 1798 | Repulsion induction motor has ___ |
| 1799 | AC series motors are preferably operated on low voltage and ___ |
| 1800 | Which of the following statements regarding repulsion induction motor is wrong? |
| 1801 | If the transformers operated in parallel are not connected with ___ |
| 1802 | The function of oil in a transformer is ___ |
| 1803 | If a dc series motor is operated on ac supply, it ___ |
| 1804 | A repulsion start induction motor operates as an ___ |
| 1805 | Which of the following conditions is/are necessary for the parallel operation of two transformers? |
| 1806 | Low voltage windings are placed next to the core in the case of ___ |
| 1807 | The commutation of repulsion motor is at its best ___ |
| 1808 | What is the frequency of rotor current of a 50Hz induction motor operating at 2% slip? |
| 1809 | The speed of rotating field due to rotor currents relative to rotor surface in ___ |
| 1810 | Cross-connecting of commutator bars in repulsion motors reduces ___ |
| 1811 | Single phase ac motors are classified on ___ |
| 1812 | If the full-load speed of a 6-phase, 50 Hz induction motor is ___ |
| 1813 | In a squirrel cage induction motor high starting torque is ___ |
| 1814 | Direct-on-line starter can be used for small capacity ___ |
| 1815 | When a rotary convertor is started by means of a ___ |
| 1816 | A single phase reluctance motor ___ |
| 1817 | In induction machines, it is usually a standard practice to employ |
| 1818 | The speed of single phase induction motors can be ___ |
| 1819 | In repulsion motors, brash angle with respect to magnetic axis is ___ |
| 1820 | Transformer core laminations are coated with an enamel layer in ___ |
| 1821 | Capacitor-start and capacitor-run motors are used in ___ |
| 1822 | In universal motors, normally the ratio of width of brushes to the width of ___ |
| 1823 | A 3-phase delta-star transformer is supplied at 6,000 V on the ___ |
| 1824 | Cores of large power transformers are made from which one of the following? |
| 1825 | In an ac series motor, commutation is improved by ___ |
| 1826 | In a capacitor-start capacitor-run single phase induction motor, the value of capacitor connected ___ |
| 1827 | A universal motor runs at ___ |
| 1828 | Which three-phase connection can be used in a transformer to introduce a ___ |
| 1829 | If P1 and P2 be the iron and copper losses of a transformer |
| 1830 | AC series motors are built with as few field turns as possible to ___ |
| 1831 | The phase-split in a capacitor-start induction motor can be adjusted to ___ |
| 1832 | In an ac series motor ___ |
| 1833 | Which part of transformer is subjected to maximum heating? |
| 1834 | Two transformers, each having iron loss of ___ |
| 1835 | The type of single-phase induction motor having the ___ |
| 1836 | The capacitor in a capacitor-start induction run ac motor is ___ |
| 1837 | A dc series motor is accidently connected to ___ |
| 1838 | Which is the arrangement of windings in a core type single phase transformer? |
| 1839 | In a 100 kVA, 1100/220 V, 50 Hz single phase transformer with 2,000 turns on ___ |
| 1840 | In a shaded pole motor, the rotating field is developed by ___ |
| 1841 | Phase splitting can be accomplished in a ___ |
| 1842 | In a shaded pole induction motor, locked rotor current is ____ full-load current |
| 1843 | The chemical used in breather of a transformer should have the quality of ___ |
| 1844 | The hysteresis and eddy current loss of 1-phase transformer working on ___ |
| 1845 | As compared to capacitor start motors two capacitor type induction motors have ___ |
| 1846 | In comparison to capacitor-start capacitor-runmotor the permanent capacitor motor has ___ ___ |
| 1847 | A /10 kVA, 400 V/200 V single phase transformer with a resistance of 3% and ___ |
| 1848 | The capacitor start motor like resistance start motor, has the ___ |
| 1849 | A single phase induction motor with only the main winding excited ___ |
| 1850 | In transformers, the primary and secondary are ___ |
| 1851 | For the purpose of analysis exact equivalent circuit of a transformer is usually replaced by ___ |
| 1852 | In a single phase induction motor driving a fan load, the reason for ___ |
| 1853 | Phase advancers are employed with large induction motors to ___ |
| 1854 | The capacitor employed in a capacitor-start induction motor has ___ |
| 1855 | The joints in the transformer core laminations are staggered so as to ___ |
| 1856 | The no-load current of a single phase induction motor is ___ |
| 1857 | An 8-pole wound rotor induction motor operating at 60Hz supply is driven at ___ |
| 1858 | The stator winding of a single phase induction motor is splitted into ___ |
| 1859 | A single phase transformer is to be switched to the supply to ___ |
| 1860 | A single-phase transformer rated for 220/240 V, 50Hz operates at ___ |
| 1861 | Single phase ac motors are used in ___ |
| 1862 | Induction generators deliver power at ___ |
| 1863 | In an induction motor ___ |
| 1864 | A 500 kVA transformer has constant loss of 500 W and copper losses at ___ |
| 1865 | For an ideal transformer the windings should have ___ |
| 1866 | Which of the following statements associated with a Sehrage motor is/are correct? |
| 1867 | If a squirrel cage induction motor run hot, the probable cause could be ___ |
| 1868 | A single phase induction motor is ___ |
| 1869 | The transformer efficiency at relatively light loads is ___ |
| 1870 | The efficiency of a power transformer is ___ |
| 1871 | Which of the following statements about synchronous-induction motors is incorrect? |
| 1872 | At sub-synchronous speed, in Scherbius system, the electrical power supplied to ___ |
| 1873 | When the stators of two slip-ring induction motors are fed from ___ |
| 1874 | A 10 kVA, 400 V/200 V single phase transformer with 10% impedance draws a ___ |
| 1875 | In phase shift control the control is carried out by varying the ___ |
| 1876 | Three phase induction motor should preferably be ___ |
| 1877 | In rotor resistance control of induction motor, the hardness of ___ |
| 1878 | Open-circuit test in a transformer is ___ |
| 1879 | Lesser the number of anodes in mercury arc ___ |
| 1880 | The stator and the rotor of a 3-phase. 4-pole wound rotor induction motor are ___ |
| 1881 | The absolute speed of magnetic field in space of a ___ |
| 1882 | Which of the following is not the advantage of an induction generator? |
| 1883 | In a transformer, the hysteresis and eddy current losses depend upon ___ |
| 1884 | In a rotary convertor, the copper losses are less in comparison to those of ___ |
| 1885 | In case of voltage injection method of speed control, the injected emf should be of ___ |
| 1886 | Armature short-circuits can be detected and identified by ___ |
| 1887 | Motor-generator set does not suffer from the drawback of ___ |
| 1888 | The speed of a slip-ring induction motor cannot be controlled by ___ |
| 1889 | In case of 3-phase slip-ring induction motor, as the rotor resistance is ___ |
| 1890 | The stator of a 2/4 pole changing cage motor is initially wound for ___ |
| 1891 | In a transformer ___ decreases with the increase in leakage flux |
| 1892 | For V-curves for a synchronous motor the graph is ___ |
| 1893 | Mostly, synchronous motors are of ___ |
| 1894 | The rotor developed by a single-phase motor at ___ |
| 1895 | The speed with which magnetic field of an induction motor rotates ___ |
| 1896 | For the same rating which of the following motors has the highest starting torque? |
| 1897 | Which of the following applications make use of a universal motor? |
| 1898 | Shading coils, in case of a shaded pole motor, are ___ |
| 1899 | In case of a reluctance motor, when the load is increased so ___ |
| 1900 | Which of the following statements regarding repulsion-start induction motor is incorrect? |
| 1901 | Which of the following statements regarding a reluctance motor is incorrect? |
| 1902 | In a universal motor, the most common cause of ___ |
| 1903 | Which of the following motors-is used in a situation where load increases with speed? |
| 1904 | If the centrifugal switch does not open at 70 to 80 percent of ___ |
| 1905 | Which of the following single-phase motors has relatively poor starting torque? |
| 1906 | Which of the following motors can be run on A.C. as well as D.C. supply? |
| 1907 | Which of the following motors is preferred for taperecorders? |
| 1908 | Short-circuiter is used in ___ |
| 1909 | In repulsion motor direction of rotation of ___ |
| 1910 | In a split phase motor ___ |
| 1911 | Which of the following statements about universal motor is incorrect? |
| 1912 | For a system involving sound recording and reproduction which motor would you select? |
| 1913 | What could be the size of a universal motor for use in vacuum cleaners? |
| 1914 | In a universal motor, normally the ratio of width of brush to ___ |
| 1915 | After the starting winding of a single phase induction motor is ___ |
| 1916 | In a A.C. series motor armature coils are usually connected to ___ |
| 1917 | In a two value capacitor motor, the capacitor used for ___ |
| 1918 | The motor used on small lathes is ___ |
| 1919 | Direction of rotation of a split phase motor can be reversed by ___ |
| 1920 | The value of starting capacitor of a fractional horse power motor will be ___ |
| 1921 | In a capacitor start motor, the phase displacement between starting and ___ |
| 1922 | Which of the following statements regarding permanent-split single value capacitor motor is incorrect? |
| 1923 | A single-phase capacitor-start motor will take ___ |
| 1924 | When a universal motor is operated on no-load, its speed is ___ |
| 1925 | In a hysteresis motor, the ___ |
| 1926 | The starting winding of a single-phase motor is ___ |
| 1927 | A shaded pole motor does not ___ |
| 1928 | Two-value capacitor motor finds increased application as ___ |
| 1929 | Which of the following motors is used for unity power factor? |
| 1930 | Which motor is normally free from mechanical and magnetic vibrations? |
| 1931 | The wattage rating for a ceiling fan motor will be in ___ |
| 1932 | Which of the following motors will operate at high power factor? |
| 1933 | For which of the applications a reluctance motor is preferred? |
| 1934 | Burning out of windings is ___ |
| 1935 | If a particular application needs high speed and high starting torque, then ___ |
| 1936 | In a capacitor start and run motors the function of the running capacitor in ___ |
| 1937 | Which statement about resistancestart split-phase motor is incorrect? |
| 1938 | Which motor is relatively free from mechanical and magnetic vibrations? |
| 1939 | Which of the following is most economical method of starting a single-phase induction motor? |
| 1940 | In a split-phase motor the ratio of number of turns for starting winding to ___ |
| 1941 | Which of the following statements regarding single-phase induction motor is correct? |
| 1942 | Which of the following motors has two separate windings on the motor? |
| 1943 | Which of the following statements regarding two value capacitor motor is incorrect? |
| 1944 | The purpose of stator winding in the compensated repulsion motor is ___ |
| 1945 | Torque developed by a single phase induction motor at ___ |
| 1946 | In which single-phase motor, the rotor has no teeth or winding? |
| 1947 | In case of high speed universal motor which of the following needs more attention? |
| 1948 | In split-phase motor auxiliary winding is ___ |
| 1949 | Which of the following motor will give the highest starting torque? |
| 1950 | The direction of rotation of an shaded pole motor is ___ |
| 1951 | In capacitor start single-phase motors ___ |
| 1952 | Which of the following statements regarding repulsion induction motor is incorrect? |
| 1953 | Which motor will make least noise? |
| 1954 | The direction of rotation of universal motor can be reversed by ___ |
| 1955 | A universal motor operates on ___ |
| 1956 | Which of the following statements regarding hysteresis motor is in incorrect? |
| 1957 | When a ceiling fan employing a capacitor run motor is ___ |
| 1958 | Which of the following motors is used in tape-recorders? |
| 1959 | The speed/load characteristics of a universal motor is ___ |
| 1960 | The speed control of universal motor used for sewing machines is ___ |
| 1961 | The directiom of rotation of universal motor can be reversed the by ___ |
| 1962 | In case of a shaded pole motor the direction of ___ |
| 1963 | Single phase induction motor usually ___ |
| 1964 | A hysteresis motor works on the ___ |
| 1965 | Which of the following motors is inherently self starting? |
| 1966 | In a shaded-pole single-phase motor, the revolving field is ___ |
| 1967 | Electrical faults in a motor occur most commonly in its ___ |
| 1968 | The rotor of which motor does not have winding on it? |
| 1969 | For ceiling fans generally the single phase motor used is ___ |
| 1970 | In a shaded-pole motor, rotating magnetic field is ___ |
| 1971 | Hysteresis motor is particularly- useful for ___ |
| 1972 | If a D.C. series motor is operated on ___ |
| 1973 | To reverse the direction of rotation of a capacitor-start motor while it ___ |
| 1974 | If a single phase induction motor runs slower than ___ |
| 1975 | The rotor slots, in an induction motor, are usually not quite parallel to ___ |
| 1976 | Which of the following applications always have switched on? |
| 1977 | When a D.C. series motor is connected to A.C. supply, the ___ |
| 1978 | The repulsion-start induction-run motor is ___ |
| 1979 | Which of the following single-phase motors is suitable for timing and control purposes? |
| 1980 | A shaded pole motor can be ___ |
| 1981 | Which of the following motors is used in mixies? |
| 1982 | In a shaded pole motor, the shading coil usually ___ |
| 1983 | In a split phase motor, the running winding should ___ |
| 1984 | A motor gets overheated due to ___ |
| 1985 | If a single-phase motor runs hot the probable cause ___ |
| 1986 | Which of the following applications would need the smallest size of motor? |
| 1987 | Speed control of a universal motor is ___ |
| 1988 | The capacitors used in, single-phase capacitor motors have ___ |
| 1989 | Which of the following statements regarding reluctance-start motor is incorrect? |
| 1990 | Starting winding of a single phase motor of a refrigerator is ___ |
| 1991 | The shaded pole motor is ___ |
| 1992 | The electric motor used in portable drills is ___ |
| 1993 | Which of the following Motors can be used for unity power factor? |
| 1994 | Which of the following motors has highest starting torque? |
| 1995 | A universal motor can run on ___ |
| 1996 | The power factor of a single-phase induction motor is ___ |
| 1997 | A capacitor-start single phase induction motor is switched on to ___ |
| 1998 | Which of the following motor will have relatively higher power factor? |
| 1999 | If the capacitor of a single-phase motor is ___ |
| 2000 | In a repulsion motor, brushes are ___ |
| 2001 | If the ceiling fan, when switched on, runs at slow speed in the ___ |
| 2002 | Reluctance motors are ___ |
| 2003 | Which of the following single-phase motors will be cheapest? |
| 2004 | Locked rotor current of a shaded pole motor is ___ |
| 2005 | Most of the fractional horsepower motors have ___ |
| 2006 | Centrifiigal switch disconnects the auxiliary winding of the ___ |
| 2007 | In a ceiling fan employing capacitor run ___ |
| 2008 | The rotor of o hysteresis motor is ___ |
| 2009 | The speed of a universal motor is generally reduced by ___ |
| 2010 | Which of the following single-phase induction motors is ___ |
| 2011 | In a capacitor start single-phase motor, when capacitor is ___ |
| 2012 | The running winding of a single phase motor on testing with meggar is ___ |
| 2013 | Which of the following motor will give relatively high starting torque? |
| 2014 | A repulsion-start induction-run singlephase motor runs as ___ |
| 2015 | A capacitor selected for capacitor-run motor should be ___ |
| 2016 | Which of the following motors is generally used in toys? |
| 2017 | In a shaded pole motor, the direction of rotation is ___ |
| 2018 | Which of the following motors would you select for vacuum cleaners? |
| 2019 | A.C. series motor as compared to D.C. series motor ___ |
| 2020 | If the centrifugal switch of a two-value capacitor motor using ___ |
| 2021 | The motor used for the compressors is ___ |
| 2022 | In repulsion motor, maximum torque is ___ |
| 2023 | As hysteresis motors are free from mechanical and ___ |
| 2024 | The wattage of motor for driving domestic sewing machine will ___ |
| 2025 | A universal motor is ___ |
| 2026 | If starting winding of a single-phase induction motor is left in ___ |
| 2027 | In repulsion motor, zero torque is ___ |
| 2028 | Speed torque characteristic of a repulsion induction motor is ___ |
| 2029 | In a hysteresis motor, the rotor must ___ |
| 2030 | Which type of load is offered by cranes and hoists? |
| 2031 | In A.C. series motor compensating winding is ___ |
| 2032 | A single-phase induction motor is ___ |
| 2033 | The range of efficiency for shaded pole motors is ___ |
| 2034 | In a single phase motor the ___ |
| 2035 | In a single phase rotary converter the number of ___ |
| 2036 | Reciprocal of specific resistance is ___ |
| 2037 | In a 3-phase induction motor reactance under running conditions is ___ |
| 2038 | For starting a Schrage motor, 3-phase supply is ___ |
| 2039 | Each of the following statements regarding stator flux of ___ |
| 2040 | The efficiency of an induction motor is ___ |
| 2041 | The rotor of an induction motor runs at ___ |
| 2042 | Temperature of the stator winding of a three-phase induction motor is ___ |
| 2043 | The torque developed by a 3-phase induction motor least ___ |
| 2044 | The complete circle diagram of induction motor can be ___ |
| 2045 | Which is of the following data is required to draw the circle diagram for an induction motor? |
| 2046 | The speed characteristics of an induction motor closely ___ |
| 2047 | Size of a high speed motor as compared to low speed motor for ___ |
| 2048 | In three-phase squirrel-cage induction motors ___ |
| 2049 | When the equivalent circuit diagram of double squirrel-cage induction motor is ___ |
| 2050 | In case of the induction motors the torque is ___ |
| 2051 | Slip rings are usually made of ___ |
| 2052 | Which of the following statements is correct regarding a 3-phase motor? |
| 2053 | Synchronous speed is ___ |
| 2054 | In case single phasing occurs in ___ |
| 2055 | The possible number of different speeds that can be obtained by ___ |
| 2056 | Which of the following motors requires the most complicated speed control arrangement? |
| 2057 | Which of the following motors are used frequently? |
| 2058 | The stator of 5 H.P. induction motor is ___ |
| 2059 | Which of the following A.C. motors is used for industrial application? |
| 2060 | In an induction motor if P is the power delivered to ___ |
| 2061 | In a three-phase induction motor, the relative speed of ___ |
| 2062 | The A.C. motor which would be best suited to ___ |
| 2063 | The fractional slip of an induction motor is ___ |
| 2064 | In induction motor, percentage slip depends on ___ |
| 2065 | The torque of an induction motor is ___ |
| 2066 | For driving high inertia body best type of induction motor suggested is ___ |
| 2067 | Which motor is preferred for use in mines where explosive gases exist? |
| 2068 | A 500 kW, 3-phase, 440 volts, 50 Hz, A.C. induction motor has ___ |
| 2069 | In case of 3-phase induction motors, plugging means ___ |
| 2070 | It is advisable to avoid line starting of ___ |
| 2071 | Slip of an induction motor is ___ |
| 2072 | The maximum torque in an induction motor depends on ___ |
| 2073 | The torque developed in the cage induction motor with ___ |
| 2074 | The term `cogging` is associated with ___ |
| 2075 | In case the air gap in an induction motor is ___ |
| 2076 | Under average service conditions, motor bearings may be ___ |
| 2077 | What is the advantage of the double squirrel-cage rotor as compared to the round bar cage rotor? |
| 2078 | If an induction motor is to be run on unbalanced supply, then it ___ |
| 2079 | During starting if an induction motor hums, the probable cause could be ___ |
| 2080 | Muting without muting sensors |
| 2081 | The number of hardware interrupts present in 8085 microprocessor are ___ |
| 2082 | The number of status flags present in 8085 microprocessor are ___ |
| 2083 | The stack pointer register in a microprocessor ___ |
| 2084 | How many 16-bit special purpose registers are present in 8085 microprocessor? |
| 2085 | The word size of 8085 microprocessor is ___ |
| 2086 | A number of 1-bit registers used in microprocessors to indicate ___ |
| 2087 | An 8-bit microprocessor can have ___ |
| 2088 | The address bus width of a microprocessor which is capable of ___ |
| 2089 | What is the size (in bytes) of Prefetch queue in 8086? |
| 2090 | What is used to access 16-bit data in 8086? |
| 2091 | The multiplexing of address bus and data buses is ___ |
| 2092 | The data bus of any microprocessor is ___ |
| 2093 | The address bus of any microprocessor is ___ |
| 2094 | A microcomputer consists of ___ |
| 2095 | Which one of the following microprocessor has 16-bit data bus? |
| 2096 | Which one of the following microprocessor is not an ___ |
| 2097 | An 8-bit microprocessor signifies that ___ |
| 2098 | Total number of instructions in 8085 microprocessor assembly language is ___ |
| 2099 | Each instruction in an assembly language program has ___ |
| 2100 | The relation among IC (Instruction Cycle), FC (Fetch cycle) and EC (Execute Cycle) is ___ |
| 2101 | At the beginning of a fetch cycle, the contents of the ___ |
| 2102 | Assuming LSB is at position 0 and MSB at ___ |
| 2103 | During which T-state, contents of OP code from memory are loaded into IR (Instruction Register)? |
| 2104 | Program counter in a digital computer ___ |
| 2105 | The first microprocessor to include virtual memory in ___ |
| 2106 | How many segments are there in 8086? |
| 2107 | ___ used to implement the hardware interrupts (RST 7.5, RST 6.5, RST 5.5) |
| 2108 | ___ is the only non-vectored interrupt in 8085 microprocessor |
| 2109 | RST0-RST7 are the ___ in 8085 |
| 2110 | The control flags in 8086 are ___ |
| 2111 | SPHL instruction copies the content of H-L register pair to ___ |
| 2112 | XCHG instruction exchanges the content of H-L with ___ |
| 2113 | Which general register or general register pair is ___ |
| 2114 | DMA signal/signals in 8085 is/are ___ |
| 2115 | The characteristics of RESET OUT ___ |
| 2116 | CALL instruction is a ___ instruction |
| 2117 | How many bytes in a zero memory page should be reserved for ___ |
| 2118 | During the execution of the instruction, the ___ tests the status and control |
| 2119 | Bus Interface Unit (BIU) in 8086 performs ___ |
| 2120 | The field, which is never present in an assembly language ___ |
| 2121 | HLDA signal in 8085 performs the following ___ |
| 2122 | Number of Hex digits needed to represent the 20-bit address of ___ |
| 2123 | In a microcomputer, the address of memory locations are ___ |
| 2124 | Consider the following registers ___ |
| 2125 | The operations executed by two or more ___ |
| 2126 | A bus connected between the CPU and main memory that permits ___ |
| 2127 | Ready pin of microprocessor is used ___ |
| 2128 | Consider which of these statements are correct? |
| 2129 | In 8085 microprocessor system with memory mapped I/O, which of the following is true? |
| 2130 | When referring to instruction words, a mnemonic is ___ |
| 2131 | The register which holds the information about the nature of ___ |
| 2132 | Following is a 16-bit register for ___ |
| 2133 | The correct sequence of steps in the instruction cycle of ___ |
| 2134 | The output data lines of microprocessor and memories are usually tristated because |
| 2135 | The first machine cycle of an instruction is ___ |
| 2136 | The clock speed of 8085 is ___ |
| 2137 | Which components are NOT found on chip in a microprocessor but may be found on chip in a microcontroller? |
| 2138 | ALU (Arithmetic and Logic Unit ) of 8085 microprocessor consists of ___ |
| 2139 | In 8085 microprocessor, data-bus and address bus are ___ |
| 2140 | Which one of the above flags is/are present in 8085 microprocessor? |
| 2141 | IN an intel 8085A microprocessor, why is READY signal used? |
| 2142 | Both the ALU and control section of CPU employ which special purpose storage location? |
| 2143 | In an intel 8085A, which is the first machine cycle of an instruction? |
| 2144 | The cycle required to fetch and execute an instruction in a 8085 microprocessor ___ |
| 2145 | What are the sets of commands in a program which are not translated into ___ |
| 2146 | The processor status word of 8085 microprocessor has ___ |
| 2147 | Which one of the statements given below are correct? |
| 2148 | Which one of the following is not a correct one? |
| 2149 | A good assembly language programmer should use ___ |
| 2150 | Which of the following statements for intel 8085 is correct? |
| 2151 | Output of the assembler in machine codes is ___ |
| 2152 | Inintel 8085A microprocessor ALE signal is ___ |
| 2153 | A microprocessor is ALU ___ |
| 2154 | The program counter in a 8085 micro-processor is ___ |
| 2155 | The number of output pins in 8085 microprocessors are ___ |
| 2156 | Which one of the following circuits transmits two messages simultaneously in ___ |
| 2157 | The length of bus cycle in 8086/8088 is ___ |
| 2158 | A mask programmed ROM is ___ |
| 2159 | A combinational PLD with a programmable AND array and ___ |
| 2160 | A combinational PLD with a fixed AND array and ___ |
| 2161 | A field programmable ROM is ___ |
| 2162 | The ROM programmed during manufacturing process itself is ___ |
| 2163 | In 8085 name/names of the 16 bit registers is/are ___ |
| 2164 | HLT opcode means ___ |
| 2165 | In 8085 microprocessor, the RST6 instruction transfer ___ |
| 2166 | 8085 microprocessor has how many pins |
| 2167 | What is mean by ALU? |
| 2168 | Which language could be used for programming an FPGA |
| 2169 | FPGA means ___ |
| 2170 | The work of ballast in a fluorescent tube is to ___ |
| 2171 | ___ factor is defined as the ratio of the illumination when everything is clean to illumination under normal working conditions |
| 2172 | The illumination of the surface varies directly with cosine of ___ |
| 2173 | Luminous efficiency of a fluorescence lamp is ___ |
| 2174 | Which of the following statement is correct? |
| 2175 | Unit of luminous flux is ___ |
| 2176 | Wave length for red colour is ___ |
| 2177 | Total flux or lumens required in any lighting scheme depends inversely on ___ |
| 2178 | Luminous efficacy of a typical HPSV lamp is ___ |
| 2179 | Illumination can be expressed in ___ |
| 2180 | Which among the following lamps has the maximum burning hours? |
| 2181 | The illumination at a point 5 meters below ___ |
| 2182 | In illumination technology total lumens emitted by ___ |
| 2183 | The solid angle subtended by an area of ___ |
| 2184 | From a uniform light source having luminous intensity of ___ |
| 2185 | What will be the total flux emitted by a source of 60 candle power? |
| 2186 | A 1000 W bulb fitted with a reflector illuminates an area of 3 m x 3 m with ___ |
| 2187 | Which lamp has a negative Colour Rendering Index (CRI)? |
| 2188 | The range of visual spectrum is ___ |
| 2189 | What will be the number of lamps, each having 300 lumens, required to ___ |
| 2190 | What is the work of a driver in case of an LED? |
| 2191 | Which lamp is best suited for lighting an International sports arena? |
| 2192 | Candela/metre square is the unit of which photometric quantity? |
| 2193 | Which lamps can be directly connected to a solar cell? |
| 2194 | What is the ratio of illuminance at a point 5m just below ___ |
| 2195 | Which cells in the eye are responsible for scotopic vision? |
| 2196 | Which lamp has the best Colour Rendering Index (CRI)? |
| 2197 | Solid angle is expressed in terms of ___ |
| 2198 | Candela is the unit of which? |
| 2199 | In electrical resistance welding material of electrode should have ___ |
| 2200 | Whenever the magnetic flux changes with respect to ___ |
| 2201 | A Shunt generator running at 1000 rpm has ___ |
| 2202 | For a DC machine having P no of pole ___ |
| 2203 | For a DC machine having P no of pole pairs Z no of conductors having ___ |
| 2204 | DC generators are usually designed to develop armature voltages not ___ |
| 2205 | There are two 2-pole DC ___ |
| 2206 | A 10 kW, 230 V, dc shunt machine has four terminals brought out ___ |
| 2207 | Two dc machines A and B, using the same ___ |
| 2208 | If two 8-pole dc machines of identical armature sare wound, one with lap ___ |
| 2209 | The introduction of interpoles in between the main poles improves the ___ |
| 2210 | Consider the following statements about commutating poles which are ___ |
| 2211 | The volt-ampere equation for a long-shunt compound motor is ___ |
| 2212 | In a dc generator operating on load with its brushes on ___ |
| 2213 | Which of the following factors improve commutation in a dc machine? |
| 2214 | In a dc machine, the demagnetizing effect of armature reaction is ___ |
| 2215 | In a loaded dc generator, If the brushes are given a shift from the ___ |
| 2216 | The magnetic circuit of a dc shunt generator with ___ |
| 2217 | The type of DC generator used for arc welding purpose is ___ |
| 2218 | The residual magnetism of a self-excited dc generator is ___ |
| 2219 | A bipolar dc machine with interpoles has a main-pole flux of Ñ„ per pole and ___ |
| 2220 | A separately-excited dc motor has an armature resistance of ___ |
| 2221 | The counter (or back) emf in a dc machine is ___ |
| 2222 | The direction of generated emf in the armature coil of ___ |
| 2223 | A belt-driven cumulatively-compound dc generator is delivering power to ___ |
| 2224 | A short-shunt cumulatively-compounded dc generator builds up ___ |
| 2225 | A 230 V dc series generator is driven at its ___ |
| 2226 | A dc shunt generator, when commissioned after a major repair of ___ |
| 2227 | A dc shunt generator, when driven without any excitation, showed an ___ |
| 2228 | A separately-excited DC generator, running at ___ |
| 2229 | A DC shunt generator builds up 230 V when driven in ___ |
| 2230 | A self-excited shunt generator fails to ___ |
| 2231 | In normal dc machines operating at ___ |
| 2232 | Consider the following statements regarding dc machines ___ |
| 2233 | The commutator segments of DC machines are made up of ___ |
| 2234 | The armature core of a DC machine is laminated to ___ |
| 2235 | A DC shunt generator builds up to a voltage of 220 V at ___ |
| 2236 | Consider the following statements regarding the magnetization characteristics of ___ |
| 2237 | The brush-axis of a bipolar dc motor is rotated by ___ |
| 2238 | In dc machines, the field-flux axis and armature-mmf axis are ___ |
| 2239 | In dc machines, the space waveform of ___ |
| 2240 | A commutator in DC machines can ___ |
| 2241 | In dc machines, the space distribution of air-gap flux density wave at ___ |
| 2242 | In dc machines, the field system has to be ___ |
| 2243 | In dc machines, the armature windings are placed on the ___ |
| 2244 | Which of the following voltage regulator is preferred for providing large values of ___ |
| 2245 | Fufuraldehyde analysis is done to determine the ___ |
| 2246 | Dissolve gas analysis of transformer oil is carried out to ___ |
| 2247 | What does the use the of height flux density value in transformer design lead to? |
| 2248 | Maximum allowable moisture content of ___ |
| 2249 | Minimum allowable resistivity of power transformer insulating oil is ___ |
| 2250 | Maximum allowable tan-delta (tanδ) of dielectric dispassion factor of ___ |
| 2251 | Maximum allowable acidity level of power transformer insulating oil is ___ |
| 2252 | Which of the following is not a part of transformer? |
| 2253 | The heat transfer by convection in a transformer least depends on ___ |
| 2254 | Which of the following machine will have maximum efficiency? |
| 2255 | Normally for the design of transformer the ambient temperature is ___ |
| 2256 | Transformer cooling and insulating oil must be of ___ |
| 2257 | The heat generated in the transformer is dissipated mainly by ___ |
| 2258 | Tap changer is generally provided in ___ |
| 2259 | When operating, two or more transformers in parallel, % impedance of ___ |
| 2260 | The main purpose of providing tertiary winding in a three phase ___ |
| 2261 | Tertiary winding in a transformer is ___ |
| 2262 | Saving of copper in auto transformer is increased as compared to ___ |
| 2263 | Secondary winding of an auto transformer is ___ |
| 2264 | Stray losses in transformer occurs in ___ |
| 2265 | If Ke is eddy current constant, Kf is ___ |
| 2266 | If Kh is hysteresis constant, f is ___ |
| 2267 | When a transformer is loaded, the secondary terminal voltage ___ |
| 2268 | In a step down transformer which one of the following statements is true? |
| 2269 | A step up transformer increases ___ |
| 2270 | A short circuit test on a transformer gives ___ |
| 2271 | The overall power factor of an on ___ |
| 2272 | Winding conductors of an electrical power transformer are ___ |
| 2273 | Which of the following transformer insulating oil generally used in India? |
| 2274 | For satisfactory parallel operation of two ___ |
| 2275 | The leakage flux in a transformer depends upon ___ |
| 2276 | The no load current in a transformer lags the applied voltage by ___ |
| 2277 | The flux involved in the emf equation of ___ |
| 2278 | Two transformers with identical rating, are designed with flux densities of ___ |
| 2279 | If input of a transformer is square wave the output will be ___ |
| 2280 | CRGO steel is used in the core of transformer to ___ |
| 2281 | Air core transformer as compared to ___ |
| 2282 | Oil is provided in an oil filled transformer for ___ |
| 2283 | Lamination of transformer core is made of ___ |
| 2284 | In one 132 / 33 kV transformer the LV resistance is ___ |
| 2285 | An auto transformer having a transformation ratio of 0.8 supplies a ___ |
| 2286 | In a transformer the magnetic coupling between the primary and ___ |
| 2287 | Short circuit test is performed on a transformer with a certain impressed ___ |
| 2288 | Iron loss in a transformer mainly occurs in ___ |
| 2289 | Breather is provided in a transformer to ___ |
| 2290 | Which of the following is minimized by laminating the core of a transformer? |
| 2291 | Transformers operating in parallel will share the ___ |
| 2292 | If supply frequency of a transformer decreases, ___ |
| 2293 | The efficiency of a transformer is mainly dependent on ___ |
| 2294 | What will be the eddy current loss if the supply frequency of ___ |
| 2295 | In a three phase star-delta transformer, what is the angle difference between ___ |
| 2296 | At what power factor, the voltage regulation of a transformer can be zero? |
| 2297 | In an induction motor 5 % change in supply voltage, will cause ___ |
| 2298 | Stable operation of an induction motor ___ |
| 2299 | Induction motors provided with open slots have ___ |
| 2300 | Motors for fans and pumps are selected in ___ |
| 2301 | The shaft of induction motor may be unbalanced due to ___ |
| 2302 | The rotor slots are slightly skewed in squirrel cage induction motor to ___ |
| 2303 | Slip rings of an induction motors are made of ___ |
| 2304 | Larger values of air flux density is taken while ___ |
| 2305 | Value of specific electric loading of Induction motor is ___ |
| 2306 | What will be the maximum power factor of an induction motor for ___ |
| 2307 | The speed of a 50 Hz three phase induction motor under full load condition is ___ |
| 2308 | The rotor of a three phase induction motor has an impedance of ___ |
| 2309 | ___ types of induction motor are widely used |
| 2310 | A slip ring Induction motor runs at 290 rpm at ___ |
| 2311 | Pole changing methods are suitable only for ___ |
| 2312 | The wound rotor type IM is used for ___ |
| 2313 | A 3-φ induction motor can also be referred to ___ |
| 2314 | In a star-delta starting of ___ |
| 2315 | Which of following methods are suitable for the speed control of squirrel cage induction motor? |
| 2316 | The rotor electromotive force of the IM is observed to ___ |
| 2317 | When R2 is rotor resistance, X2 the rotor reactance at ___ |
| 2318 | The torque developed in IM is nearly proportional to ___ |
| 2319 | If s is the slip and f is the supply frequency of an induction motor, the ___ |
| 2320 | Star-delta method of starting of motor is not possible in ___ |
| 2321 | In an induction motor, the no-load slip is ___ |
| 2322 | The speed of rotation of 5th harmonic component in the stator of ___ |
| 2323 | In escalator which motor is used? |
| 2324 | Fifth harmonic component of the induced voltage in three phase ___ |
| 2325 | The application that need frequent starting and ___ |
| 2326 | Belt conveyors offer ___ starting torque |
| 2327 | For larger units high torque it is preferred to ___ |
| 2328 | In shapers and slotters which motor are preferred? |
| 2329 | A crusher is equipped with ___ |
| 2330 | Which of following motor is preferred for belt conveyor? |
| 2331 | In travelling cranes for swing action which motor is preferred? |
| 2332 | In travelling cranes for crane travel, trolley and boom hoist which motor is preferred? |
| 2333 | Exciting current of an induction motor is ___ |
| 2334 | Unbalanced supply voltage given to a 3-φ, delta connected induction motor will ___ |
| 2335 | During no load test, an induction motor draws ___ |
| 2336 | Crawling in an induction motor is ___ |
| 2337 | What is power factor of a 3-φ induction motor at no load? |
| 2338 | The air gap between stator and the rotor of ___ |
| 2339 | Which method is less recommendable for induction motor starting in the industries? |
| 2340 | High starting torque and low starting current is ___ |
| 2341 | Which of the following induction motor has maximum speed? |
| 2342 | In double cage induction motor, the outer cage ___ |
| 2343 | In double cage induction motor, the inner cage offers ___ |
| 2344 | Which slots are used in the rotor of an induction motor? |
| 2345 | Commonly used starters of cage motor is ___ |
| 2346 | The slip of an induction motor normally does not ___ |
| 2347 | In induction motor wound rotor motor is mainly is ___ |
| 2348 | In IM the rotor lamination can be ___ |
| 2349 | If the number of rotor slots is equal to number of ___ |
| 2350 | Skewing of cage rotors offers the following ___ |
| 2351 | In induction motor especially the cage rotors slots are nearly parallel to ___ |
| 2352 | In induction motor the 7th harmonic torque may make the motor rotate at ___ |
| 2353 | When the rotor of a 3 phase induction motor is ___ |
| 2354 | If the field circuit of a DC shunt motor is ___ |
| 2355 | If residual magnetism of a shunt generator is destroyed accidentally it may be ___ |
| 2356 | Series booster is ___ |
| 2357 | A 6 pole lap connected DC generator with 480 conductors has ___ |
| 2358 | The change of cross sectional area of conductor in magnetic field will ___ |
| 2359 | Two straight parallel conductors carry equal currents in ___ |
| 2360 | Cork Screw rule is used to find ___ |
| 2361 | A wire carrying current is bent in the form of ___ |
| 2362 | In the left hand rule, forefinger always represents ___ |
| 2363 | The force between two long parallel conductors is inversely proportional to ___ |
| 2364 | Electric field intensity (E) at ant point in an electric field is ___ |
| 2365 | Two infinite parallel metal plates are charged with ___ |
| 2366 | As a result of reflection from a plane conducting wall ___ |
| 2367 | Conductor is static and the field is varying then emf will be ___ |
| 2368 | Which of the following represents ohms law ___ |
| 2369 | Whenever the magnetic flux changes with respect to an electric conductor or ___ |
| 2370 | The right hand rule for determining the direction of ___ |
| 2371 | Two parallel plates are separated by a distance D charged by ___ |
| 2372 | A Shunt generator running at 1000 rpm has generated emf of ___ |
| 2373 | A dc series motor driving and electric train faces ___ |
| 2374 | A 8-pole, DC generator has a simplex wave-wound armature containing 32 coils of ___ |
| 2375 | A 240 V, dc shunt motor draws 15 A while supplying the rated load at ___ |
| 2376 | A separately excited DC motor runs at 1500 rpm under ___ |
| 2377 | A 220 V, DC shunt motor is operating at a speed of ___ |
| 2378 | A 220 ,V 15 , kW 100 rpm shunt motor with armature resistance of ___ |
| 2379 | A 200 V DC machine supplies 20 A at 200 V as ___ |
| 2380 | For a DC machine having P no of pair of ___ |
| 2381 | A DC shunt machine generates 250 V on open circuit at ___ |
| 2382 | φA DC shunt machine generates 250 V on open circuit at ___ |
| 2383 | To control the speed of a dc shunt motor above the base speed over ___ |
| 2384 | A dc shunt motor has external resistance ___ |
| 2385 | A dc shunt motor runs at a no-load speed of ___ |
| 2386 | A DC series motor drawing an armature current of ___ |
| 2387 | A cumulatively compounded dc motor delivers rated load power at ___ |
| 2388 | A DC cumulatively compounded motor delivers rated load torque at ___ |
| 2389 | If the field of a dc shunt motor gets opened while the motor is ___ |
| 2390 | If the speed of a dc motor increases with load torque, then it is ___ |
| 2391 | The following statements relate to compensating winding ___ |
| 2392 | Under which of the following conditions is a dc motor provided with compensating winding used? |
| 2393 | For a level compounded dc generator to run at ___ |
| 2394 | In a DC series generator, the terminal voltage with increase in ___ |
| 2395 | DC generators are usually designed to develop armature voltages not exceeding ___ |
| 2396 | A compound dc generator is delivering full load current at ___ |
| 2397 | There are two 2-pole DC machines ___ |
| 2398 | A 10 kW, 230 V, dc shunt machine has four terminals brought out through ___ |
| 2399 | Two dc machines A and B, using the same conductor material, have ___ |
| 2400 | A dc shunt generator has full-load voltage regulation of ___ |
| 2401 | If the applied voltage to a dc machine is 230 V, then ___ |
| 2402 | If two 8-pole dc machines of identical armature ___ |
| 2403 | The interpoles in dc machines have a tapering shape in ___ |
| 2404 | In dc machines ___ |
| 2405 | The introduction of interpoles in between the main poles improves ___ |
| 2406 | Consider the following statements from below ___ |
| 2407 | Interpoles in dc machines ___ |
| 2408 | Universal motor have which of the following application? |
| 2409 | We can apply source transformation to voltage source when a resistance is ___ |
| 2410 | If a shunt generator delivers 100 A at 200 V, and the resistances of ___ |
| 2411 | Mechanical energy is supplied to DC generator at ___ |
| 2412 | A load of 900 lbs is to be raised with a lift car weighting 855 lbs at ___ |
| 2413 | The wattage rating of a ceiling fan motor will be ___ |
| 2414 | In most condition which frame of motor will be preferred? |
| 2415 | Hunting phenomenon is observed in which motor? |
| 2416 | In induction motor when the length of the air gap is ___ |
| 2417 | In induction motors, there is large decrease in maximum power factor when ___ |
| 2418 | Which of the following machine is invariably provided with forced ventilation? |
| 2419 | The use of double squirrel cage winding on the ___ |
| 2420 | In case of induction motors the ratio of length to pole pitch for ___ |
| 2421 | A motor armature conductor of length 0.5 m is exposed to a flux density of ___ |
| 2422 | Centrifugal switch is absent in which of the single phase induction motor? |
| 2423 | Regenerative braking is not found in which motor? |
| 2424 | Regenerative braking is possible in ___ |
| 2425 | In a single phase induction motor driving a fan load, the reason for having ___ |
| 2426 | What are the starters used for starting of cage motors? |
| 2427 | In a stepper motor the detente torque means ___ |
| 2428 | Methods of synchronizing of alternator may be done by ___ |
| 2429 | Which of the following motors are suitable for computer printer drive? |
| 2430 | A small air gap in poly phase induction motor helps to ___ |
| 2431 | An inverted V curve of synchronous motor shows variation of ___ |
| 2432 | If an AC servomotor has one of its winding excited by AC, then ___ |
| 2433 | In DC generator, which component plays the vital role to produce the direct current? |
| 2434 | In DC generator, lap winding is used in ___ |
| 2435 | What type of connection is made in between the inter-pole and the field winding? |
| 2436 | What is the function of inter pole in DC generator? |
| 2437 | Where the shunt generators are widely used? |
| 2438 | In DC generator, brushes are always placed along ___ |
| 2439 | A single-phase transformer has its maximum efficiency at 60 percent of ___ |
| 2440 | What is the effect of armature reaction? |
| 2441 | In DC generator, armature reaction refers to what? |
| 2442 | What is the actual arrangement of series wound generator? |
| 2443 | In a DC generator the emf generated by the armature is ___ |
| 2444 | Magnetic field of a DC generator is produced by what? |
| 2445 | A 4 pole DC generator rotates at ___ |
| 2446 | The material used for commutator brushes is mostly ___ |
| 2447 | In DC generator, full form of MNA is what? |
| 2448 | Which of the following statement is true for an AC synchronous motor? |
| 2449 | If the source voltage of a DC motor is increased, which of the following will decrease? |
| 2450 | Select the motor that should not be started on no load? |
| 2451 | An unexcited single phase synchronous motor is ___ |
| 2452 | Hopkinss test in DC motor is conducted at? |
| 2453 | If the excitation of the synchronous generator fails, it acts as a/an ___ |
| 2454 | The inertia constant H of a synchronous condenser is ___ |
| 2455 | Which type of single phase induction motor is having the highest power factor at full load? |
| 2456 | Compensating windings is placed in which part of a D.C motor? |
| 2457 | The slip of an induction motor normally does not depend on which of the following? |
| 2458 | For a fault at the terminal of a synchronous generator, the fault current is ___ |
| 2459 | If peak value of phase mmf is ___ |
| 2460 | A 4-pole generator with 16 coil has a two layer lap ___ |
| 2461 | A differentially compound motor under high-over-load conditions will behave ___ |
| 2462 | Armature reaction in a DC machine ___ |
| 2463 | A single-winding single-phase motor has ___ |
| 2464 | A series motor is efficiently suitable for ___ |
| 2465 | In alternator, the rotary part is ___ |
| 2466 | What is the frequency of a alternator, if ___ |
| 2467 | In diesel engine, gas engine type of machine contains ___ |
| 2468 | In synchronous generator a synchronous dead load ___ |
| 2469 | In the V curve shown in figure below for ___ |
| 2470 | For a practical synchronous motor the pull out torque will occur when ___ |
| 2471 | A 500 V, 120 KW, 50 Hz, star connected synchronous motor operating at ___ |
| 2472 | During hunting of a synchronous motor ___ |
| 2473 | When a synchronous motor is running at synchronous ___ |
| 2474 | The torque angle, in a synchronous motor, is the angle between ___ |
| 2475 | Hunting in a synchronous cannot be due to ___ |
| 2476 | In a synchronous motor, damper windings are provided on ___ |
| 2477 | In synchronous motor, the damper winding is generally used to ___ |
| 2478 | The oscillation in a synchronous motor can be damped out by ___ |
| 2479 | Hunting in a synchronous motor takes place ___ |
| 2480 | The power input to a 3-φ induction motor is ___ |
| 2481 | The slip of an induction motor during DC rheostatic braking is ___ |
| 2482 | For a given torque, reducing divertor resistance of ___ |
| 2483 | Ratio of starting torque to full load torque is ___ |
| 2484 | Variation in speed by ward-Leonard control of DC motors occurs due to ___ |
| 2485 | Ward Leonard control is provides speed control ___ |
| 2486 | The three point starter is used for ___ |
| 2487 | To get the speed of DC motor is more than normal without wastage of ___ |
| 2488 | For standing a DC motor a starter is ___ |
| 2489 | Drop in speed from no load to full load is ___ |
| 2490 | For the same power output rating and full load speed, the motor will have ___ |
| 2491 | Which of following DC motors will have percentage increase of ___ |
| 2492 | In applied voltage is reduced in a dc shunt ___ |
| 2493 | DC shunt motors are suitable for ___ |
| 2494 | When a DC cummulative compound wound motor is ___ |
| 2495 | Which of the following DC motors has got maximum relieving property? |
| 2496 | On switching a DC motor to DC supply mains, it is found to ___ |
| 2497 | Which of the following DC motors has almost constant speed over their full load range? |
| 2498 | When the armature of a DC motor rotates emf induced is ___ |
| 2499 | In the DC motor the iron losses occur in ___ |
| 2500 | It is advisable to start a DC series motor with some load to ___ |
| 2501 | A DC series motor must started on no load because ___ |
| 2502 | A DC series motor is running at rated speed without any additional ___ |
| 2503 | For higher values of armature, the speed of ___ |
| 2504 | The type of DC motor used for shears and punches is ___ |
| 2505 | A DC series motor is that which ___ |
| 2506 | In case of DC shunt motor if load is ___ |
| 2507 | If the field circuit of a DC shunt motor is opened ___ |
| 2508 | A large series motor is never started without some mechanical on ___ |
| 2509 | Speed of DC motor can be controlled by varying ___ |
| 2510 | In electric locomotive which of the following motor are used? |
| 2511 | The armature of a DC motor is laminated to reduce ___ |
| 2512 | The shaft torque of a dc motor is less than the ___ |
| 2513 | In shunt dc motor the direction of rotation of the motor ___ |
| 2514 | Armature reaction in dc motor results ___ |
| 2515 | Two generators G1 and G2 are to be operated in parallel to ___ |
| 2516 | The speed of a DC series motor is ___ |
| 2517 | If a DC motor is connected across the ___ |
| 2518 | If the flux of DC motor approaches zero, its ___ |
| 2519 | If the load current and flux of a DC motor are held ___ |
| 2520 | The speed regulation of a DC motor is given as ___ |
| 2521 | When the supply terminal of a DC shunt motor are ___ |
| 2522 | The DC compound motors are ___ |
| 2523 | In case of a conductively compensated ___ |
| 2524 | When the mechanical power is developed by ___ |
| 2525 | The output indicate on the name plate of any motor is ___ |
| 2526 | With the increase in speed of DC motor ___ |
| 2527 | If the field winding connection of DC shunt motor is ___ |
| 2528 | A large series motor is never started without some ___ |
| 2529 | Two identical loss less series motors connected in series across ___ |
| 2530 | Swinburnes test is applicable to ___ |
| 2531 | The back emf produced in a dc motor depends on ___ |
| 2532 | When the armature current of 5 Amp is flowing through ___ |
| 2533 | The output power of a dc motor is given by ___ |
| 2534 | In case of a dc motor the ratio ___ |
| 2535 | A 4 pole wave wound dc motor having flux per pole of ___ |
| 2536 | A 230 volt dc motor has an armature winding resistance of ___ |
| 2537 | The shaft torque of a dc motor is less than ___ |
| 2538 | A 4 pole dc motor with armature winding resistance of ___ |
| 2539 | The power flow of a dc motor, with respect to ___ |
| 2540 | The armature resistance of the dc motor is ___ |
| 2541 | A lap wound 4 pole dc motor has ___ |
| 2542 | The armature core of the rotor bars of dc motors are ___ |
| 2543 | What is the necessity of copper brushes in a dc motors? |
| 2544 | In shunt dc motor the direction of rotation of ___ |
| 2545 | Two generators G1 and G2 are to be operated in parallel to deliver ___ |
| 2546 | The coil spam ___ |
| 2547 | A commutator with a diameter of 50 cm rotating at ___ |
| 2548 | Series booster is a ___ |
| 2549 | An ideal DC generated is one that has ___ |
| 2550 | The sparking at the the brushes, in a DC machines is due to ___ |
| 2551 | A 6 pole lap connected DC generator with ___ |
| 2552 | A 4 pole DC shunt generator having a wave winding supplies ___ |
| 2553 | A frog leg winding is used in a DC machine to ___ |
| 2554 | The armature reaction mmf in a DC machines has ___ |
| 2555 | In a 6 pole DC machine, 90 mechanical degrees correspond to ___ |
| 2556 | A 4 pole DC generator runs at 750 rpm and generate an ___ |
| 2557 | Wave winding is employed in ___ |
| 2558 | DC generator will not build ___ |
| 2559 | Resistance commutation is used generally in case of ___ |
| 2560 | Compensating winding are used to rectify the ___ |
| 2561 | In a 12 pole triplex lap wound DC armature, each conductor can ___ |
| 2562 | The magnetic field which initially induces emf in the armature in ___ |
| 2563 | Two DC generators having equal open-circuit emfs but ___ |
| 2564 | The ___ generator has the poorest voltage regulation |
| 2565 | The voltmeter connected across a generator reads ___ |
| 2566 | The voltage regulation of a DC generator at full load being zero implies ___ |
| 2567 | For a specific open-circuit voltage of a DC generator, the short-circuit electric ___ |
| 2568 | Flashing of DC generator means ___ |
| 2569 | Which of following DC generator will be in a position to build up ___ |
| 2570 | The factors that are responsible for decrease in terminal voltage of ___ |
| 2571 | The fall in speed of the DC generator due to ___ |
| 2572 | In DC machines, the interpoles are ___ |
| 2573 | A transformer core is made up of a silicon steel laminations which has ___ |
| 2574 | A 100 KVA transformer is operating at ___ |
| 2575 | A shell type transformer has ___ |
| 2576 | Stepped cores are used in transformers in ___ |
| 2577 | Conservator tank is ___ |
| 2578 | Transformer oil is used as ___ |
| 2579 | Transformer core is laminated to reduce ___ |
| 2580 | Silicon content in steel lamination is ___ |
| 2581 | A 2 KVA transformer has iron loss of ___ |
| 2582 | When a short circuit test on a transformer is ___ |
| 2583 | A transformer has maximum efficiency at ___ |
| 2584 | If Pi and Pc represent core and full load copper loss ___ |
| 2585 | For a transformer to be tested at full load conditions but ___ |
| 2586 | In a single phase transformer the magnitude of leakage reactance is ___ |
| 2587 | In a transformer ___ |
| 2588 | Open circuit in a transformer is prefered with ___ |
| 2589 | Open circuit test on transformer gives ___ |
| 2590 | The full load copper loss and iron loss of transformer are ___ |
| 2591 | A single phase transformer when supplied from 220 V, 50 Hz has ___ |
| 2592 | A transformer has hysteresis loss of ___ |
| 2593 | 1 KVA, 230 V, 50 Hz, single phase transformer has ___ |
| 2594 | In a transformer operating at constant voltage if ___ |
| 2595 | In a transformer, hysteresis and eddy current losses ___ |
| 2596 | The constant losses in transformer is/are |
| 2597 | A transformer has resistance and reactance in per unit as ___ |
| 2598 | In a transformer zero voltage regulation is achieved at ___ |
| 2599 | Voltage regulation of transformer is given by ___ |
| 2600 | A 5 KVA transformer has a turns ratio of ___ |
| 2601 | R1 is the resistance of the primary winding of ___ |
| 2602 | A single phase transformer has specifications as ___ |
| 2603 | If the applied voltage of a certain transformer is increased by ___ |
| 2604 | Which of the following statements is/are correct statements? |
| 2605 | For an ideal transformer the winding should have ___ |
| 2606 | Transformer action requires a ___ |
| 2607 | In a transformer, the frequency of a voltage at ___ |
| 2608 | The basic function of a transformer is ___ |
| 2609 | An inverted V-curve of synchronous motor shows the variation of ___ |
| 2610 | For power factor improvement the synchronous motor is ___ |
| 2611 | A 400 V, 50 Hz, 30 Hp, three phase IM is drawing ___ |
| 2612 | A DC Motor is driving a constant load torque having ___ |
| 2613 | If the applied voltage of a DC motor is ___ |
| 2614 | When a synchronous motor is running at ___ |
| 2615 | Which of the following is not a necessary condition to be ___ |
| 2616 | A 3- phase synchronous motor can operate over a wide range of ___ |
| 2617 | When the excitation of normally operating unloaded ___ |
| 2618 | An alternator is feeding an infinite ___ |
| 2619 | In a synchronous motor electromagnetic power varies ___ |
| 2620 | The breakdown torque of a synchronous motor varies as ___ |
| 2621 | Which of the following is/are not a self starting motor? |
| 2622 | A 3-phase 6 pole 50 Hz induction motor is running at ___ |
| 2623 | What is the frequency of rotor current of 50 Hz induction motor operating at 4% slip? |
| 2624 | The armature resistance of a permanent magnet dc motor is ___ |
| 2625 | The rotor slots are slightly skewed in ___ |
| 2626 | Which type of motors uses slip rings? |
| 2627 | If an induction machine is run at above the synchronous speed it ___ |
| 2628 | Semi closed slots or totally closed slots are used in ___ |
| 2629 | In a 3-phase induction motor, torque and supply voltage are ___ |
| 2630 | The speed of a 3-phase induction motor operating in ___ |
| 2631 | The power factor of an induction motor operating at ___ |
| 2632 | In the 3-phase induction motor, the resultant flux is of ___ |
| 2633 | Which type motors are preferred for lathes? |
| 2634 | A DC motor with armature resistance of 0.5 ohms connected directly to ___ |
| 2635 | In a loaded DC motor, if the brushes are given a shift from ___ |
| 2636 | What is the emf generated by a 4 pole Lap connected DC Motor rotating at ___ |
| 2637 | In a loaded DC generator, if the brushes are given a shift from ___ |
| 2638 | The flux is maximum in the following part of ___ |
| 2639 | A DC Shunt Motor having shunt field resistance of 250 Ω and ___ |
| 2640 | On what factors the speed of dc motor depends? |
| 2641 | The speed of a motor falls from 1100 r.p.m at ___ |
| 2642 | Find the developed torque DC Series Motor having armature resistance of ___ |
| 2643 | A separately excited DC motor has an armature resistance of ___ |
| 2644 | A 4-pole DC generator runs at ___ |
| 2645 | Which of the following motor is expensive for same Kw output rates? |
| 2646 | If the full load speed of 3-phase, 50Hz induction motor is ___ |
| 2647 | In an induction motor, air gap power is 10 Kw and ___ |
| 2648 | In an induction motor, what is the ratio of rotor input to rotor copper loss? |
| 2649 | When applied rated voltage per phase is reduce to ___ |
| 2650 | The supply voltage to an induction motor is ___ |
| 2651 | The rotor power output of 3-phase induction motor is ___ |
| 2652 | An induction motor when started on no load does not ___ |
| 2653 | What is the speed of stator rotating magnetic field with respect to rotor rotating magnetic field? |
| 2654 | When slip is greater than 1, then the motor is in which of the following region? |
| 2655 | In induction generator the slip is ___ |
| 2656 | An induction motor is started using auto transformer and it has ___ |
| 2657 | The advantage of the double squirrel cage induction motor ___ |
| 2658 | A starting torque of 40 Nm is developed in an induction motor by ___ |
| 2659 | An induction motor has a full load slip of ___ |
| 2660 | Which of the following is the best way of starting for slip ring induction motor? |
| 2661 | Which of the following are the starting methods for squirrel cage induction motor? |
| 2662 | Blocked rotor test is used to find which of the following losses? |
| 2663 | No load test on induction motor is conducted to find which of the following losses? |
| 2664 | A smaller air gap in a induction motor helps to ___ |
| 2665 | Torque developed in the rotor is ___ |
| 2666 | A 3-phase, 50 Hz, 4 pole induction motor is ___ |
| 2667 | A 3-phase, 50Hz, 4 pole induction motor is running at ___ |
| 2668 | A 3-phase, 50 Hz, 4 pole induction motor is running at ___ |
| 2669 | A 440 V, 3-phase, 10 pole and 50 HZ synchronous motor delivering ___ |
| 2670 | From no load to full load ___ |
| 2671 | If we increase the rotor reactance value, the maximum ___ |
| 2672 | A 4 pole 50 Hz 1-phase induction motor is running at ___ |
| 2673 | In a 1-phase induction motor, if the forward torque slip is S, what is the backward torque slip? |
| 2674 | Which of the following represents the operating region of slip in a 1-phase induction motor? |
| 2675 | In a resistance split phase motor, what is the range of torque angle? |
| 2676 | Which of the following motor has the highest power factor at full load? |
| 2677 | Reversing the direction of rotation of split phase motors is ___ |
| 2678 | Which of the following motors has low ratings only? |
| 2679 | The speed of stator rotating magnetic field (RMF) with respect to ___ |
| 2680 | Which of the following losses are negligible in blocked rotor test? |
| 2681 | No load test of 3-phase induction motor gives which of the following? |
| 2682 | A shaded pole single phase induction motor can be ___ |
| 2683 | Capacitor in split phase induction motor is used to ___ |
| 2684 | Cogging in induction motor occurs when ___ |
| 2685 | A 8 pole, 50 Hz single phase induction motor is ___ |
| 2686 | In a single phase induction motor, the starting torque developed is ___ |
| 2687 | Cogging and crawling are phenomena associated with ___ |
| 2688 | Cogging of induction motor occurs at ___ |
| 2689 | The power factor of squirrel cage induction motor is ___ |
| 2690 | A 3-phase slip ring induction motor is wound for ___ |
| 2691 | An induction motor is, in general analogous to ___ |
| 2692 | A 4 pole, 3-phase induction motor is running at ___ |
| 2693 | For the purpose of starting an induction motor, star/delta switch is ___ |
| 2694 | An induction motor has synchronous speed of ___ |
| 2695 | As compared to DOL starting, a cage induction motor with ___ |
| 2696 | In star-delta starting of squirrel cage induction motor compared to ___ |
| 2697 | In V/f speed control of 3-phase induction motor, with increase in ___ |
| 2698 | To control the speed of an induction motor, the supply frequency is ___ |
| 2699 | In a 3-phase induction motor, if the supply voltage and frequency are reduced by ___ |
| 2700 | For satisfactory performance of 3-phase 480V, 60 Hz induction ___ |
| 2701 | Rotor resistance speed control is used in ___ |
| 2702 | For the speed control of polyphase squirrel cage ___ |
| 2703 | Which of the following is the largest conversion device? |
| 2704 | For a standard frequency the machine operates at ___ |
| 2705 | What is the highest possible speed of turbo alternators? |
| 2706 | What is the reason for stationary armature essential in alternators above 5 KVA? |
| 2707 | Which of the following alternators contain large number of poles? |
| 2708 | Which type of motors are used for lathes? |
| 2709 | Which type of motors are preferred in lifts? |
| 2710 | Which of the following motor is more expensive for same KW output rating? |
| 2711 | The dc motor which can provide zero speed regulation at ___ |
| 2712 | A 250 volt dc series motor having an armature resistance of ___ |
| 2713 | Which of these types of motor is used in elevators? |
| 2714 | Swinburne’s test is applicable to ___ |
| 2715 | The speed of a motor falls from ___ |
| 2716 | On which of the following factor/factors the speed of a DC motor depends upon? |
| 2717 | For 250 volt DC Shunt Motor the armature and ___ |
| 2718 | In electric locomotives which of the following motor are used? |
| 2719 | Which of the following DC Motor is used in paper machines? |
| 2720 | What will be the e.m.f. generated by a 4 pole lap connected DC Generator rotating at 1500 r.p.m.? |
| 2721 | The armature of a DC motor is ___ |
| 2722 | For a DC Shunt Motor having armature resistance of ___ |
| 2723 | Which of the following rotor requires damper winding? |
| 2724 | A DC motor with armature resistance of 0.5 ohms is ___ |
| 2725 | A DC compound motor has ___ |
| 2726 | In DC series motor the speed is ___ |
| 2727 | In a DC Shunt Motor if the load current increases ___ |
| 2728 | In case of a compensated DC series motor, the compensating winding is ___ |
| 2729 | What will happen if the the supply terminals are reversed in case of a DC shunt motor? |
| 2730 | The direction of rotation of a DC compound motor can be ___ |
| 2731 | The speed regulation of a DC motor is ___ |
| 2732 | If the load current and the flux of a DC motor are ___ |
| 2733 | The current drawn by a 220 V DC series motor of ___ |
| 2734 | If the flux of DC motor approaches zero, its speed will ___ |
| 2735 | A 220 V DC machine has an armature ___ |
| 2736 | Consider a separately excited ___ |
| 2737 | If a DC Series motor is connected across ___ |
| 2738 | In a DC series motor, if the armature current is reduced by ___ |
| 2739 | The speed of a DC series motor is |
| 2740 | A DC series motor has which of the following characteristics? |
| 2741 | In case of a DC Shunt motor if the load is decreased to some extent, what will happen to its speed? |
| 2742 | If in DC Shunt Motor the flux is reduced suddenly to ___ |
| 2743 | The type of DC motor generally used for ___ |
| 2744 | In a DC Shunt Motor the speed can be ___ |
| 2745 | A 3-phase, 2 pole, 12 slot synchronous machine is operating at ___ |
| 2746 | Which of the following represents the pitch factor? |
| 2747 | The function of field regulator in a DC compound motor is ___ |
| 2748 | In Ward-Leonard method of speed control, the direction of rotation of ___ |
| 2749 | The speed of a cumulatively compound DC motor can be ___ |
| 2750 | Ward-Leonard system for controlling the speed of ___ |
| 2751 | DC Shunt Motor has disadvantage(s) of ___ |
| 2752 | In field flux method speed control of ___ |
| 2753 | Which of the following is done in speed control of DC motor by field flux control? |
| 2754 | In speed control of DC shunt motor by varying field flux, what may be the value of field regulator? |
| 2755 | In which of the following speed control of DC motor the speed obtained is below than the rated speed? |
| 2756 | In a seperately excited DC Motor if field current is ___ |
| 2757 | The current drawn by a DC motor at the time of ___ |
| 2758 | High inrush of current during a starting of DC motor can efficiently be restricted to ___ |
| 2759 | DC motors are stopped by opening line switches and not by ___ |
| 2760 | Which of the following DC Motor uses 4-point starter? |
| 2761 | Direct-on-line (DOL) starters are not suitable for ___ |
| 2762 | If starter is not used with large DC motor for ___ |
| 2763 | In a DC Motor 3 point starter is used to ___ |
| 2764 | If the no-voltage release in a DC motor starter fails to ___ |
| 2765 | If the handle of a three point starter goes to ___ |
| 2766 | When two DC series motors are connected in ___ |
| 2767 | For starting a DC motor a starter is ___ |
| 2768 | To get the speed of DC motor more than ___ |
| 2769 | Which of the following DC Motor requires 3 point starter? |
| 2770 | In case of DC Shunt Motor, the speed will ___ |
| 2771 | Ward Leonard control provides speed control ___ |
| 2772 | The main disadvantage(s) of the ward-Leonard ___ |
| 2773 | The armature voltage control is considered suitable for ___ |
| 2774 | Variation in speed by ward-Leonard control of ___ |
| 2775 | In speed control of DC Series motor, speed lower than the ___ |
| 2776 | In which of the following DC Motor the ratio of starting torque to full load torque is minimum? |
| 2777 | If an additional resistance is connected in series with ___ |
| 2778 | The field divertor resistance for a DC series motor is ___ |
| 2779 | For a given torque, reducing diverter resistance of ___ |
| 2780 | Two DC series motors are connected in ___ |
| 2781 | Neglecting all losses, the developed torque (T) of ___ |
| 2782 | Interpoles in a DC motor must be ___ |
| 2783 | In case of DC Shunt Motor electromagnetic torque developed is ___ |
| 2784 | Which of the following motor is not suitable for frequent starting and stopping? |
| 2785 | DC series motors are used ___ |
| 2786 | The starting resistance of DC motor is ___ |
| 2787 | What is the phase difference between two windings of A.C servomotor? |
| 2788 | As compared to an induction motor, the air gap in ___ |
| 2789 | Which of the DC Motor use flywheel? |
| 2790 | Breadth factor is defined as the ratio of ___ |
| 2791 | To eliminate the 5th harmonic in the induced voltages their ___ |
| 2792 | Armature reaction depends on which of the following? |
| 2793 | To eliminate 5th harmonic in the induced voltage phase ___ |
| 2794 | For pure resistive load what is the armature reaction? |
| 2795 | When pure inductive load is connected to the alternator, what is the effect of armature reaction? |
| 2796 | For which of the following loads, armature reaction is magnetizing in nature? |
| 2797 | In which of the following, voltage regulation may be ___ |
| 2798 | Which of the following voltage regulation method is accurate? |
| 2799 | Voltage regulation can be determined by which of the following? |
| 2800 | Direct axis reactance is defined as ___ |
| 2801 | Quadrature axis synchronous reactance is ___ |
| 2802 | What is/are the necessary conditions for parallel operation of alternators? |
| 2803 | Which of the following relation is correct? |
| 2804 | What is/are the advantages of parallel operation of alternators? |
| 2805 | Maximum power developed depends on ___ |
| 2806 | If the excitation is critical, the power factor of ___ |
| 2807 | The current drawn by the armature of DC motor is ___ |
| 2808 | Which of the following motor is suitable for frequent starting and stoppings? |
| 2809 | If the back emf in DC motor vanishes ___ |
| 2810 | If the field connection of a DC Shunt Motor is ___ |
| 2811 | The output power indicated on the name plate of any motor is ___ |
| 2812 | The output power of any electrical motor is ___ |
| 2813 | An electric motor with constant output power will have ___ |
| 2814 | The no load and full load speed of DC motor are ___ |
| 2815 | If the back emf in DC motor vanishes suddenly the motor will ___ |
| 2816 | With the increase in speed of ___ |
| 2817 | If the field connection of a DC Shunt Motor is changed then ___ |
| 2818 | Direction of rotation of DC motor is reversed by ___ |
| 2819 | Which of following winding is connected in series with armature winding of DC machine? |
| 2820 | A large series motor is never started without some mechanical load on ___ |
| 2821 | In DC shunt motor if load is increased, the ___ |
| 2822 | Eb/Vt ratio of a ___ |
| 2823 | Speed of DC motor can be controlled by ___ |
| 2824 | Rotating part of DC motor is known as ___ |
| 2825 | Width of a carbon brush should be ___ |
| 2826 | The armature of DC motor is ___ |
| 2827 | Counter emf of a DC motor ___ |
| 2828 | Autotransformer makes effective saving on copper and ___ |
| 2829 | The noise resulting from vibrations of lamination set by ___ |
| 2830 | In circle diagram for induction motor, diameter of circle represents which of the following? |
| 2831 | A motor operates in stable region at which of the following slip? |
| 2832 | Which of the following will vary the maximum torque? |
| 2833 | The condition for maximum running torque is ___ |
| 2834 | The speed of rotating magnetic field of ___ |
| 2835 | At stand still condition the value of ___ |
| 2836 | A 4 pole 50 Hz induction motor is running at ___ |
| 2837 | Which of the following motors is/are widely used? |
| 2838 | Which of the following induction motor has the highest starting torque? |
| 2839 | Which of the following machines have highest power factor with respect to magnetizing current? |
| 2840 | Which of the following pairs is/are correct? |
| 2841 | The sequence of induction motor is RYB, then the direction of ___ |
| 2842 | Find the number of poles required, when the frequency is ___ |
| 2843 | Induction motor operation depends on ___ |
| 2844 | Generators work on the principle of production of ___ |
| 2845 | DC machine is a ___ |
| 2846 | Dynamic braking is employed to brake ___ |
| 2847 | Dynamic braking is very effective for ___ |
| 2848 | Dynamic braking can be used for ___ |
| 2849 | In dc machine armature windings are placed on rotor because of ___ |
| 2850 | A commutator in dc machine provide ___ |
| 2851 | Which of the following motor has negative speed regulation? |
| 2852 | A triangular mmf wave is produced in the air gap of ___ |
| 2853 | A 4 pole dc generator is running at 1500 rpm the frequency of ___ |
| 2854 | The air gap between the yoke and armature is dc machine is ___ |
| 2855 | For P pole machine relation between electrical degrees and ___ |
| 2856 | Slot wedges in a dc machine is made up of ___ |
| 2857 | In a DC motor under constant terminal voltage what is the relation between ___ |
| 2858 | A flat compound generator is obtained from compound generator by ___ |
| 2859 | What is the increase in the torque expressed as percentage of ___ |
| 2860 | A DC series motor is accidentally connected to ___ |
| 2861 | Which of the following methods are used to control the speed of ___ |
| 2862 | The current drawn by the a 230 V DC motor of armature resistance ___ |
| 2863 | Hopkinson test is conducted under which of the following condition? |
| 2864 | Swinburne test is conducted under which of the following condition? |
| 2865 | Maximum efficiency will occur, when copper loss is ___ to iron loss? |
| 2866 | Which of the following are variable losses? |
| 2867 | Total core loss is also called as ___ |
| 2868 | Which of the following represents the rotating losses of machine? |
| 2869 | Which of the following starter is sufficient to start the DC series motor? |
| 2870 | Diverters are used only in ___ |
| 2871 | Armature resistance control method is also called as ___ |
| 2872 | Field weakening method is also called as ___ |
| 2873 | Armature reaction effect is more in which of the following methods? |
| 2874 | Armature resistance control method is used for the ___ |
| 2875 | Field weakening control method is used for the ___ |
| 2876 | Which of the following motors has negative speed regulation? |
| 2877 | Which motor cannot be started on no load? |
| 2878 | In DC machine torque is proportional to which of the following? |
| 2879 | In DC motors, under trailing pole tips, flux density will ___ |
| 2880 | In dc motors, under leading pole tips flux density will ___ |
| 2881 | Maximum power will be developed when back emf is ___ |
| 2882 | A DC 4 pole lap wound generator is running at ___ |
| 2883 | A shunt generator is running at ___ |
| 2884 | Essential conditions for two DC generators are connecting for ___ |
| 2885 | In which of the following generators negative voltage regulation can occur? |
| 2886 | Ideal value of voltage regulation of a device is? |
| 2887 | Which of the following generators are used in arc welding? |
| 2888 | Series generators are used in which of the following applications? |
| 2889 | In DC machines internal characteristics are plotted between ___ |
| 2890 | In DC machines shape of net flux density is? |
| 2891 | In DC machine shape of armature MMF wave is? |
| 2892 | In DC machine shape of main field flux distribution is? |
| 2893 | Which of the following below is/are correct? |
| 2894 | The functions of inter poles are ___ |
| 2895 | The size of inter poles is small as compared to ___ |
| 2896 | Which of the following is/are the advantages of carbon brush over the copper brush? |
| 2897 | Find the reactance voltage when current is changed from ___ |
| 2898 | Direction of the current in the compensating winding is ___ |
| 2899 | Compensating winding is placed in ___ |
| 2900 | Which of the following is/are effects of armature reaction? |
| 2901 | Flux density under leading pole tips in case of ___ |
| 2902 | Flux density under trailing pole tips in case of generator will ___ |
| 2903 | Brushes are always placed on ___ |
| 2904 | Demagnetization effects which of the following? |
| 2905 | Armature flux is ___ with respect to main field flux or main field poles? |
| 2906 | The effect of ___ on main field flux is armature reaction? |
| 2907 | No load saturation characteristics are plotted between ___ |
| 2908 | What is/are the necessary conditions for voltage build up in self excited generator? |
| 2909 | Series field consists of ___ |
| 2910 | Shunt field of DC generators consists of ___ |
| 2911 | For a dc machine shunt resistance and armature resistance values are ___ |
| 2912 | A 4 pole lap wound dc generator has 4 brushes, if one of the brush is ___ |
| 2913 | Dummy coils are used for ___ |
| 2914 | In a 2 pole lap winding dc machine , the resistance of one conductor is ___ |
| 2915 | Equalizer rings are used in which of the followings? |
| 2916 | Wave winding is prefered for which of the following rating? |
| 2917 | Lap winding is prefered for which type of machines? |
| 2918 | In a lap winding dc machine number of conductors are ___ |
| 2919 | Inter pole winding is connected in ___ |
| 2920 | In a dc machine 6 pole wave winding is ___ |
| 2921 | In a dc machine 4 pole lap winding is ___ |
| 2922 | Which of the following represents the commutator pitch? |
| 2923 | DC machine windings are ___ |
| 2924 | Which of the following windings are necessary in case of all dc machines? |
| 2925 | Which of the following bearings and their uses are correct ___ |
| 2926 | Which of the following type of brush and their application is/are correct ___ |
| 2927 | In DC generators brushes are used for ___ |
| 2928 | In a dc machine 72 number of coils are ___ |
| 2929 | In DC machine yoke offers ___ |
| 2930 | A DC generator without commutator is ___ |
| 2931 | Commutator in DC generator is used for ___ |
| 2932 | The emf induced in the dc generator armature winding is ___ |
| 2933 | Commutator pitches of duplex and simplex lap windings are ___ |
| 2934 | Hysteresis loop represents the area of ___ |
| 2935 | Thin laminations are used in a machine in order to reduce ___ |
| 2936 | Hysteresis loss will depends on ___ |
| 2937 | Eddy current loss will depends on ___ |
| 2938 | For very sensitive and wide speed control, the preferable ___ |
| 2939 | Ward-Leonard control is basically ___ |
| 2940 | In Ward-Leonard system, the lower limit of the ___ |
| 2941 | What is the shunt resistance component equivalent circuit obtained by ___ |
| 2942 | What is the mechanical power developed by a DC series motor is maximum? |
| 2943 | If field current is decreased in shunt dc motor, the speed of ___ |
| 2944 | While operating on variable frequency supplies, the AC motor requires ___ |
| 2945 | Which speed control method preferred for constant torque drive? |
| 2946 | What are the constituents in speed time curve of train? |
| 2947 | In case of kiln drives, starting torque is ___ |
| 2948 | High braking torque produced in ___ |
| 2949 | In 4 quadrant operation of a hoist 3rd quadrant represents ___ |
| 2950 | A motor has a thermal heating time constant of ___ |
| 2951 | A four quadrant operation requires ___ |
| 2952 | Speed control by variation of field flux results in |
| 2953 | The basic elements of a electric drive are ___ |
| 2954 | Electric drive is becoming more and more popular because ___ |
| 2955 | An elevator drive is required to operate in ___ |
| 2956 | What type electric drive is used in cranes? |
| 2957 | Full form of VVVF control ___ |
| 2958 | In industries which electrical braking is preferred? |
| 2959 | Polarity of supply voltage is reversed in which type of braking? |
| 2960 | Which braking is not possible in series motor? |
| 2961 | Which of the following state capital is not on broad gauge track? |
| 2962 | ___ was the first city in India to adopt electric traction |
| 2963 | Which of the following are electrical braking methods? |
| 2964 | The concept of V/f control of inverters driving induction ___ |
| 2965 | To save energy during braking ___ |
| 2966 | Select the correct option from the below? |
| 2967 | A variable w is related to three other variables ___ |
| 2968 | The inductance of a certain moving iron ammeter is ___ |
| 2969 | Which one of the following meters has maximum loading effect on the circuit under measurement? |
| 2970 | The three resistors R1, R2 and R3 have the following ___ |
| 2971 | A 0-200 V voltmeter has a guaranteed accuracy of 1% of ___ |
| 2972 | If two 300V full scale voltmeters ___ |
| 2973 | Dynamic errors are caused by ___ |
| 2974 | Two capacitance ___ |
| 2975 | Which one the following statements is correct? |
| 2976 | The difference between the indicated value and the true value of ___ |
| 2977 | The ratio of change in output to the change in the input is ___ |
| 2978 | A first order instrument is characterized by ___ |
| 2979 | The total current I = I1 + I2 in a circuit is ___ |
| 2980 | To measure 5 volts, if one selects a 0-100 volt range voltmeter which is ___ |
| 2981 | The total current I = ___ |
| 2982 | 0-150 V voltmeter has an accuracy of 1% of ___ |
| 2983 | A set of independent current measurements taken by ___ |
| 2984 | The current ‘I’ through a resistance R is measures with the following ___ |
| 2985 | A voltage of 2.70 V is being measured by an analog indicating ___ |
| 2986 | The expected value of the voltage across a resistor is ___ |
| 2987 | The limiting errors of measurement of power consumed by ___ |
| 2988 | A resistance is measured by the voltmeter-ammeter method employing ___ |
| 2989 | Consider the following statements ___ |
| 2990 | A transducer measures a range of 0 – 200 N force with a resolution of ___ |
| 2991 | For a circuit given that ___ |
| 2992 | In a wheatstone bridge, a change of 6 Ω in the unknown arm of bridge is ___ |
| 2993 | An ammeter of range 0-25 A has a guaranteed accuracy of ___ |
| 2994 | Choose the right statement from the below? |
| 2995 | The resistance of a circuit is measured from the relation ___ |
| 2996 | In flux meter, the controlling torque is produced by ___ |
| 2997 | A resistance of 105 ohms is specified using significant figures as ___ |
| 2998 | The maximum percentage error in the sum of two voltage measurements when ___ |
| 2999 | A 150 V moving iron voltmeter of ___ |
| 3000 | The errors introduced by an instrument fall in which category? |
| 3001 | The resistance of a circuit is found by measuring ___ |
| 3002 | A voltmeter has 100 scale divisions and can measure up to ___ |
| 3003 | A 8085 microprocessor consist of ___ |
| 3004 | Following is a 16-bit register for 8085 microprocessor ___ |
| 3005 | A thermometer having first order dynamics is subjected to ___ |
| 3006 | Attraction and repulsion type instruments are the two different types of which instrument? |
| 3007 | Schering bridge is used to measure which of the following? |
| 3008 | The quantity Which of the following meter is most suitable for measuring radio frequency currents? |
| 3009 | The internal resistance of Weston standard cell is of ___ |
| 3010 | The measurement of a quantity ___ |
| 3011 | The main advantage of Anderson bridge over Maxwell bridge is ___ |
| 3012 | An electrodynamic meter can be used to measure ___ |
| 3013 | To the y input of a CRO a signal defined by ___ |
| 3014 | Kelvin’s double bridge is used to measure ___ |
| 3015 | The effect of stray magnetic fields on the actuating torque of ___ |
| 3016 | An average reading digital multimeter reads 10 V when ___ |
| 3017 | A PMMC voltmeter is connected across a series combination of ___ |
| 3018 | Which of following voltmeters would you use for measuring ___ |
| 3019 | In a CRO which of following is not a part of electron gun? |
| 3020 | The coil of a moving iron instrument has a resistance of ___ |
| 3021 | Which of following below is not correct? |
| 3022 | The use of thermocouple meters for AC measurement leads to ___ |
| 3023 | To increase Q factor of a coil, the wire ___ |
| 3024 | In which of the transformer is the secondary nearly short circuited ___ |
| 3025 | Choose the correct statement from the following? |
| 3026 | A 1 mA meter is to be converted to ___ |
| 3027 | How many time-base circuits does a dual face CRO can have? |
| 3028 | Ratio of readings of two wattmeter connected to measure power in ___ |
| 3029 | A meter has a full-scale deflection of ___ |
| 3030 | A thermo couple ammeter gives full scale deflection of ___ |
| 3031 | A DC potentiometer is the best means available for ___ |
| 3032 | Standardization of potentiometer is done in ___ |
| 3033 | The transfer instrument which is used for standardization of ___ |
| 3034 | For measuring an AC voltage by an AC potentiometer it is ___ |
| 3035 | The calibration of a voltmeter can be carried out by ___ |
| 3036 | When a potentiometer is used for measurement of voltage of __ |
| 3037 | For the AC bridge circuit shown in figure at balance the value of ___ |
| 3038 | The given figure shows wein bridge connection for ___ |
| 3039 | A wheatstone bridge cannot be used for precision measurements because ___ |
| 3040 | A metal strain gauge has a gauge factor of ___ |
| 3041 | A DC potentiometer is designed to measure up to about 2V with ___ |
| 3042 | The circuit in figure is used to measure the power consumed by ___ |
| 3043 | Which amplifier in used in an electronic amplifier? |
| 3044 | A galvanometer with a full scale current of 10 mA has a resistance of ___ |
| 3045 | A slide wire potentiometer has 10 wires of ___ |
| 3046 | Piezoelectronic accelerometer ___ |
| 3047 | What is the approximate input impedance of a CRO? |
| 3048 | The measurment of very low and very high frequencies is ___ |
| 3049 | Consider the following statement ___ |
| 3050 | A CRO probe has an impedance of 500 kΩ in parallel with a capacitance of ___ |
| 3051 | In the bridge given in the figure, the reading of the ___ |
| 3052 | In DC potentiometer measurements, a second reading is often ___ |
| 3053 | A DC A-h meter is rated for ___ |
| 3054 | A moving iron ammeter produces a full scale torque of ___ |
| 3055 | A single phase load is connected between R and Y terminals of ___ |
| 3056 | A moving coil of a meter has 100 turns, and a length and depth of ___ |
| 3057 | A 50 Hz bar primary CT has a secondary with 500 turns. el |
| 3058 | Find the current statement from the below? |
| 3059 | Potentiometer method of DC voltage measurement is ___ |
| 3060 | Which one of the sentence given below is most suitable for balancing the bridge? |
| 3061 | The time/div and voltage axes of an oscilloscope have been ___ |
| 3062 | A sampling wattmeter is used to measure the average power of ___ |
| 3063 | Which of following statement are correct in case of power factor meter? |
| 3064 | A voltmeter using thermocouple measures ___ |
| 3065 | Which of following are needed both for protection and metering? |
| 3066 | The effect of load resistance is important in ___ |
| 3067 | When testing a coil having a resistance of 10 ohms, resonance occurred when ___ |
| 3068 | If an inductance L is connected in one arm of ___ |
| 3069 | A sinusoidal signal waveform, when observed on ___ |
| 3070 | A Lissajous pattern on an oscilloscope has ___ |
| 3071 | The coil of a moving coil meter has ___ |
| 3072 | A lissajous pattern, as in figure is observed on the screen of ___ |
| 3073 | The moving coil-meters, damping is ___ |
| 3074 | A 0-100 V voltmeter has a guaranteed accuracy of ___ |
| 3075 | A moving coil ammeter has a uniform scale with ___ |
| 3076 | A wattmeter reads ___ |
| 3077 | An analog ammeter is ___ |
| 3078 | If two meters X and Y require 40 mA and 50 mA respectively, to give ___ |
| 3079 | A pressure measurement instrument is calibrated between ___ |
| 3080 | In measurement system, the function of the ___ |
| 3081 | The measured value of a resistance is 10.25 ohm, whereas its ___ |
| 3082 | Resolution of an instrument is ___ |
| 3083 | The errors mainly caused by human mistakes are ___ |
| 3084 | The smallest change in measured variable to ___ |
| 3085 | Comparison methods are used ___ |
| 3086 | The use of ___ instruments is merely confined within laboratories as standardizing instrument |
| 3087 | A null type instrument as compared to a deflected type instrument has ___ |
| 3088 | Deflection method direct measurements are most widely used as ___ |
| 3089 | In two wattmeter method of power measurement if the total power is ___ |
| 3090 | What is the meter reading? |
| 3091 | Piezoelectric effect is carried out in ___ |
| 3092 | Find the meter reading from below ___ |
| 3093 | Which of the following is a variable displacement transducer? |
| 3094 | When checked with an ohm meter an open resistor ___ |
| 3095 | Relative error is same as ___ |
| 3096 | In AC circuits, the connection of measuring instruments cause ___ |
| 3097 | Potentiometer method of DC voltage measurement is more accurate than ___ |
| 3098 | A high frequency AC signal is applied to ___ |
| 3099 | The internal resistance of a milli-ammeter must be ___ |
| 3100 | The inductance of a certain moving iron ammeter is expressed as ___ |
| 3101 | A spring-controlled moving iron voltmeter draws a current of ___ |
| 3102 | A 0-250V voltmeter has a guaranteed accuracy of 2% of ___ |
| 3103 | Which of following is a vector quantity? |
| 3104 | The high torque to weight ratio in an analog indicating instrument ___ |
| 3105 | A galvanometer with a full scale current of 10 mA has ___ |
| 3106 | Unit of deflection sensitivity of a CRO is ___ |
| 3107 | ___ is used to measure the flow of air around aeroplane |
| 3108 | Relative permittivity can be measured by ___ |
| 3109 | Resistance of a VARISTOR varies with ___ |
| 3110 | What is the unit of plane angle? |
| 3111 | What is the expression for momentum? |
| 3112 | How many fundamental units are there? |
| 3113 | What is the expression for acceleration? |
| 3114 | Which of the two have same dimensions? |
| 3115 | What are the SI units of mass, length and time respectively? |
| 3116 | Which devices used to measure the temperature of an object? |
| 3117 | The Metric System is also called as ___ |
| 3118 | What is the name of physical quantities which are independent of each other? |
| 3119 | What is the standard unit for length? |
| 3120 | Which of the quantity consists of unit as kg m/sec? |
| 3121 | Which of the quantity consists of unit as newton-second? |
| 3122 | Which of the quantity consists of unit as Pascal? |
| 3123 | Which of the quantity consists of SI unit as Candela? |
| 3124 | Which one of the following units is a fundamental unit? |
| 3125 | Which of the following quantities consists of S.I. unit as Hertz? |
| 3126 | What is a resistor? |
| 3127 | A piece of copper and another piece of ___ |
| 3128 | From the circuit diagram, find the maximum power transferred ___ |
| 3129 | The efficiency in case of maximum power transfer theorem is ___ |
| 3130 | If the measured value of a capacitor is ___ |
| 3131 | From the circuit diagram shown below find ___ |
| 3132 | From the circuit diagram shown find the ___ |
| 3133 | Bulb in street lighting are connected in ___ |
| 3134 | Two electric bulbs have transparent filament of ___ |
| 3135 | In the circuit shown below, find the Thevenin equivalent resistance |
| 3136 | From the given figure find ___ |
| 3137 | For the network shown in figure, the value of ___ |
| 3138 | If a large resistance is connected in parallel to a small resistance then ___ |
| 3139 | One atomic mass unit ( amu ) is approximately equal to ___ |
| 3140 | The number of electrons in the outer most orbits of ___ |
| 3141 | A 100 ohm resistor is directly connected across ___ |
| 3142 | Air gap flux density is of the order of ___ |
| 3143 | Types of rotating machines ___ |
| 3144 | The synchronous speed for the seventh ___ |
| 3145 | Efficiency of electrical machines should be calculated by ___ |
| 3146 | In direct arc furnace which of following is of high value? |
| 3147 | What are the points to be mentioned in specifying main switches? |
| 3148 | Total instantaneous power supplied by a 3-φ AC supply to ___ |
| 3149 | Our household apparatus are connected in ___ |
| 3150 | A 60 Hz frequency voltage would cause ___ |
| 3151 | Power factor can be defined as ___ |
| 3152 | What is the reactive power in AC operation? |
| 3153 | Third pin of a 3 pin plug is thicker and ___ |
| 3154 | In which braking back emf exceeds supply voltage? |
| 3155 | If the practical units of voltage and current wave each made ___ |
| 3156 | A capacitor is charged by a constant 10 mA current sources which is ___ |
| 3157 | If L and C both are doubled than damping in ___ |
| 3158 | What is Va in the below circuit? |
| 3159 | What is I1in the given circuit? |
| 3160 | In the circuit shown below if I = 2 A then find V? |
| 3161 | Find the total power absorbed by the resistor in the ___ |
| 3162 | Consider the below circuit ___ |
| 3163 | In a 3-φ delta connection, two-wattmeter method is used to ___ |
| 3164 | Three identical inductors are connected in delta with ___ |
| 3165 | VRN, VYN and VBN are three phase voltage of a balanced ___ |
| 3166 | For balanced star load, if unbalanced line current are ___ |
| 3167 | In delta connected circuit when one resistor is ___ |
| 3168 | A balanced three Phase Y-connected load has ___ |
| 3169 | Phase voltages of a star connected alternator are ___ |
| 3170 | A 3 wire, 3-φ supply feeds a load consisting of ___ |
| 3171 | Condition for a balanced 3-phase load is that, each phase has ___ |
| 3172 | A 3 – φ delta connected symmetrical load consumes ___ |
| 3173 | A balanced delta connected load has an impedance of ___ |
| 3174 | A balanced star connected load with impedance of ___ |
| 3175 | A delta connection contains three equal impedance of ___ |
| 3176 | A star connected load has three equal impedance each of ___ |
| 3177 | The delta equation of given star connected ___ |
| 3178 | For a given phase connected to the particular line which of the statement is true? |
| 3179 | An ideal constant voltage source has ___ |
| 3180 | Current source has internal impedance connected in ___ |
| 3181 | A voltage source having an open circuit voltage of ___ |
| 3182 | A constant current source supplies a electric current of ___ |
| 3183 | A dependent source can be ___ |
| 3184 | A series RLC circuit is connected across ___ |
| 3185 | A series RLC circuit is connected across a 240V, 50 Hz supply ___ |
| 3186 | A 230V, 50Hz voltage is applied to a coil having ___ |
| 3187 | The average value of half wave rectified sinusoidal current ___ |
| 3188 | The maximum value of a current wave is ___ |
| 3189 | A voltage of v = 100 sin (wt + π/3) is applied to pure resistor of ___ |
| 3190 | The frequency of EMF generated by a generator depends upon ___ |
| 3191 | In the above question find the angle between voltage and current? |
| 3192 | The active and reactive power in an AC circuit are ___ |
| 3193 | In which of the circuits power factor can be zero? |
| 3194 | Two sinusoidal emfs are given as ___ |
| 3195 | The rms value of the resultant current in a wire which carries ___ |
| 3196 | Which of the below statement is incorrect? |
| 3197 | Condition for reciprocity in case of ___ |
| 3198 | Find the Z parameters of the circuit shown in ___ |
| 3199 | A two port network is defined by ___ |
| 3200 | The maximum power that can be transferred to the load resistor R from ___ |
| 3201 | A load is connected to an active ___ |
| 3202 | How many 200W / 220V bulbs connected in series across 220V supply will consume 100W? |
| 3203 | Three resistors each R Ohm is connected to form ___ |
| 3204 | Two resistors R1 and R2 give combined resistance of 4.5 Ohm when ___ |
| 3205 | Millman theorem yields equivalent ___ |
| 3206 | Which of the following theorems can be applied to ___ |
| 3207 | The Laplace Transform of a shifted unit step ___ |
| 3208 | The value of unity impulse function at ___ |
| 3209 | The value of unity impulse function at time (t) = 0 is ___ |
| 3210 | If a function is shifted by ‘T’, then it is correctly represented as ___ |
| 3211 | Laplace transform analysis gives ___ |
| 3212 | Which of the following is the correct relation? |
| 3213 | For finding the Z11 parameter at the input port of ___ |
| 3214 | Which of the following Y-parameters is dimensionless? |
| 3215 | The norton equivalent of the circuit shown in the figure is ___ |
| 3216 | The thevnin equivalent of the circuit shown in the ___ |
| 3217 | While Thevenizing a circuit between two terminals ___ |
| 3218 | Which of the following is applicable for both linear and non-linear circuits? |
| 3219 | Find the current through 5 Ohm resistor ___ |
| 3220 | Condition of symmetry in ABCD parameter representation is ___ |
| 3221 | Condition of symmetry in Z-parameter representation is ___ |
| 3222 | Cascade connection of two port networks is ___ |
| 3223 | Condition of reciprocity in Y-parameter representation is ___ |
| 3224 | Which of the following ABCD parameters is unit less? |
| 3225 | Unit of apparent power is ___ |
| 3226 | To reduce hysteresis loss, we use ___ |
| 3227 | If the peak value of a sine wave is 100 V, then ___ |
| 3228 | Flux in a magnetic circuit can be compared in ___ |
| 3229 | For Norton’s equivalent circuit ___ |
| 3230 | Kirchhoff’s current law is used for ___ |
| 3231 | Kirchhoff’s voltage law is used for ___ |
| 3232 | Three resistors of 4 ohm, 6 ohm and 8 ohm are in ___ |
| 3233 | When 125 V is applied across a 250 V, 100 W filament incandescent ___ |
| 3234 | Find the current through 5 Ohm resistor from ___ |
| 3235 | A 35 V source is connected to a series circuit of 600 Ω and ___ |
| 3236 | In the figure given, the value of resistance R in Ω is |
| 3237 | In given figure, the value of resistance ___ |
| 3238 | The voltage across the 1kΩ resistor between the nodes A and B of ___ |
| 3239 | A network contains linear resistors and ideal ___ |
| 3240 | An alternating voltage = 140 sinθ is supplied to a device which offers ___ |
| 3241 | The rms value of sine wave is ___ |
| 3242 | The resistance of a strip of copper of rectangular cross section is ___ |
| 3243 | The basic circuit elements are ___ |
| 3244 | Active element of electrical circuit is ___ |
| 3245 | The linear circuit element is ___ |
| 3246 | The switch S is the circuit shown in figure is ___ |
| 3247 | In the circuit given below the value of ___ |
| 3248 | A particular current is made up of two ___ |
| 3249 | The energy required to charge a 10 μF capacitor to 100 V is ___ |
| 3250 | Twelve 6 Ω resistor used as edge to form a cube |
| 3251 | The internal resistance of a practical voltage source is considered to be ___ |
| 3252 | Dependent source of current and voltage are those which have ___ |
| 3253 | Which of the following characteristics is/are attributed to an ideal independent voltage source? |
| 3254 | Which of the following is not a bilateral element? |
| 3255 | A branch of a network is said to be passive when it contains ___ |
| 3256 | A branch of a network is said to be active when it consists ___ |
| 3257 | If a resistor and a capacitor are connected to form ___ |
| 3258 | If a resistor and an inductor are connected in series across a ___ |
| 3259 | If a resistor and an inductor are connected in series across ___ |
| 3260 | A series circuit consists of R = ___ |
| 3261 | A series circuit consists of ___ |
| 3262 | A series circuit consists of R = 20 Ω, L = 20 mH, and AC supply 60 V with ___ |
| 3263 | A series circuit consists of R = 20 Ω, L = 20 mH, and AC supply ___ |
| 3264 | Kirchhoff’s second law is based on law of ___ |
| 3265 | A reactance having an inductor of 0.15 H is connected in series with ___ |
| 3266 | Which of the following can not be connected in series unless they are identical? |
| 3267 | Whenever current is supplied by a source its terminal voltage ___ |
| 3268 | Link in network theory refers to ___ |
| 3269 | A capacitor of 50 microfarad is connected in series with ___ |
| 3270 | What is the relation between line voltage and phase voltage in case of delta connection? |
| 3271 | In what connection we get neutral? |
| 3272 | An AC voltage of 200 V at 50 Hz is applied to a coil which draws ___ |
| 3273 | For the resonance circuit ___ |
| 3274 | A periodic voltage having the Fourier series V(t)= {1 + 4sinω0t} |
| 3275 | Can a 250 V, 5 A single way switch be used in place of a 250 V, 15 A Switch? |
| 3276 | A circuit with resistor, inductor, capacitor in series is ___ |
| 3277 | A current in a circuit is given by ___ |
| 3278 | In Cauer 1st form last element in the network is ___ |
| 3279 | Disadvantages of constant k type filter ___ |
| 3280 | Advantage of active filter is ___ |
| 3281 | In active filter which element is absent? |
| 3282 | For the network shown below when I ___ |
| 3283 | In the given figure, the Thevenins equivalent voltage and impedance as ___ |
| 3284 | The value of V in the circuit shown in the given figure is ___ |
| 3285 | Consider the following ___ |
| 3286 | Three resistances of two ohms each are connected in ___ |
| 3287 | In the given figure the value of the source voltage is ___ |
| 3288 | In the figure given, the value of R is ___ |
| 3289 | Consider the following circuit ___ |
| 3290 | In the circuit shown in the figure, the value of ___ |
| 3291 | For the circuit given in the figure the power delivered by the 2 V source is ___ |
| 3292 | For the circuit shown in the given figure the current I is ___ |
| 3293 | In the circuit shown below, what is the voltage across 5 Ω resistor? |
| 3294 | In the circuit given, I = 1 A for ___ |
| 3295 | A certain network consists of large number of ___ |
| 3296 | A 35 V source is connected to a series circuit of ___ |
| 3297 | In given figure, the value of resistance R in ___ |
| 3298 | An electrical circuit with 10 branches and 7 nodes will have ___ |
| 3299 | In the network shown, what is the current I in the direction shown? |
| 3300 | The voltage across the 1 Ω resistor between the nodes A and B of ___ |
| 3301 | The value of current I flowing in the 1 Ω resistor in the ___ |
| 3302 | In the circuit shown in the figure the voltage across the ___ |
| 3303 | In the circuit shown in figure if ___ |
| 3304 | For the circuit shown below the value of R is adjusted so as to ___ |
| 3305 | Kirchhoffs laws are valid for ___ |
| 3306 | The phase angle difference between current and voltage is ___ |
| 3307 | What is represented by the hypotenuse of impedance triangle? |
| 3308 | In the figure, the potential difference between points P and Q is ___ |
| 3309 | The rms value of the voltage ___ |
| 3310 | Say A point has an absolute potential of 40 V and point B has ___ |
| 3311 | The value of supply voltage for 400 W, 4 Ω load is ___ |
| 3312 | If emf in a given circuit is given by e = 100 sinω0t, then maximum value of ___ |
| 3313 | If one cycle of AC waveform occurs every millisecond, the frequency will be ___ |
| 3314 | The rms value of sinusoidal voltage wave ___ |
| 3315 | What will be the rms value of rectangular wave with amplitude 10 V? |
| 3316 | The equation for 25 cycles current sine wave having rms value of ___ |
| 3317 | Two sinusoidal quantities are said to be in ___ |
| 3318 | The plates of lead acid storage battery are most likely to be ___ |
| 3319 | The current flowing between electrodes inside a lead acid battery is ___ |
| 3320 | The value of specific gravity of acid when a lead acid battery is fully charged is ___ |
| 3321 | During charging, the electrolyte of a lead acid battery becomes |
| 3322 | In a lead acid cell ___ |
| 3323 | Open circuit voltage of a fully charged lead acid cell is ___ |
| 3324 | The ratio of ampere-hour efficiency to watt-hour efficiency of ___ |
| 3325 | When the lead acid cell is fully charged the electrolyte assumes ___ |
| 3326 | The internal resistance of lead acid cell is ___ |
| 3327 | The watt-hour efficiency of a lead acid cell varies between ___ |
| 3328 | The lead acid cell should not never be discharged beyond ___ |
| 3329 | In a lead acid cell, hydrogen is liberated at ___ |
| 3330 | A 6 V lead acid battery has an internal resistance of ___ |
| 3331 | The term trickle charge is associated with ___ |
| 3332 | Fillers in a lead acid battery are provided ___ |
| 3333 | The capacity of a lead acid cell does not depends on its ___ |
| 3334 | The life of a lead acid battery is expected to be ___ |
| 3335 | Which cell has the reversible chemical reaction? |
| 3336 | Active materials of a lead acid cell are ___ |
| 3337 | Container of a lead acid battery ___ |
| 3338 | Which metal is deposited for electro forming? |
| 3339 | Energy efficiency during electroplating is usually in the range ___ |
| 3340 | Lowest current density is generally recommended for plating of ___ |
| 3341 | During electroplating the amounts of different substances liberated by ___ |
| 3342 | Addition of which of the following substance in electrolyte helps in producing bright finish? |
| 3343 | Which of the following substance when added to electrolyte promotes smooth deposition? |
| 3344 | Zinc cadmium and lead coating is generally provided for ___ |
| 3345 | During electroplating the weight of substance deposited depends on ___ |
| 3346 | Electro-chemical equivalent is usually expressed in ___ |
| 3347 | Highest current density is usually recommended for ___ |
| 3348 | Coating generally recommended for hard surfacing is ___ |
| 3349 | Galvanizing is the coating of ___ |
| 3350 | Aluminium is produced from bauxite by ___ |
| 3351 | Current efficiency in electroplating is ___ |
| 3352 | Silver coating is provided for ___ |
| 3353 | Which law(s) find application in electrolysis? |
| 3354 | Electrics supply for electroplating should be ___ |
| 3355 | Which of following is invariably seen in an electroplating plant? |
| 3356 | For cadium plating electrolyte used is ___ |
| 3357 | Electrolyte for silver plating is ___ |
| 3358 | Cell short circuit results in ___ |
| 3359 | Battery charging equipment is generally installed ___ |
| 3360 | Two battery having unequal emf ___ |
| 3361 | When the battery is being charged, the terminal voltage decreases ___ |
| 3362 | The current flow through electrolyte is due to the movement of ___ |
| 3363 | When the internal resistance of a cell is large compared to the ___ |
| 3364 | A external resistance R is connected to a cell of ___ |
| 3365 | The greater the internal resistance of ___ |
| 3366 | Cells are connected in parallel to ___ |
| 3367 | The current in a chemical cell is ___ |
| 3368 | Which battery is used in aeroplanes? |
| 3369 | When water is added to sulphuric acid ___ |
| 3370 | The internal resistance of a dry cell is ___ |
| 3371 | One ampere hour charge is equivalent to ___ |
| 3372 | The indication of the state of charge of a battery is ___ |
| 3373 | Common impurity in battery electrolyte is ___ |
| 3374 | Cells are connected in series in ___ |
| 3375 | The storage battery generally used in ___ |
| 3376 | The capacity of a cell is measured in ___ |
| 3377 | A gang condenser is ___ |
| 3378 | Which of following capacitor will have least value of breakdown voltage? |
| 3379 | The breakdown voltage for paper capacitor is ___ |
| 3380 | Which of following capacitors has relatively shorter shelf life? |
| 3381 | Mica capacitor are characterised by ___ |
| 3382 | For closer tolerance which of the following capacitors is usually preferred? |
| 3383 | Two wires of A and B of the same material and ___ |
| 3384 | Which of following capacitors preferred for high frequency circuits? |
| 3385 | A ceramic and a mica capacitor have the same ___ |
| 3386 | A paper capacitor is usually available in form of ___ |
| 3387 | An electrolytic capacitor can be used for ___ |
| 3388 | If the sheet of a backelite is inserted between the plates of ___ |
| 3389 | The capacitance of a capacitor is not affected by ___ |
| 3390 | Three capacitors each of capacity C are ___ |
| 3391 | In a capacitor the electric charge is ___ |
| 3392 | In a capacitive circuit, the capacitive reactance is ___ |
| 3393 | The sparking between two electrical contacts can ___ |
| 3394 | The inverse of capacitance is called ___ |
| 3395 | In a capacitor, the electrical energy is ___ |
| 3396 | Internal heating of a capacitor is usually attributed to ___ |
| 3397 | A variable capacitance is one whose capacitance ___ |
| 3398 | The capacitance of a parallel plate capacitor can be ___ |
| 3399 | For making a capacitor, it is better to select ___ |
| 3400 | The energy stored by a capacitor is ___ |
| 3401 | Which of following materials has the least resistivity? |
| 3402 | Two resistor are said to be connected in parallel when ___ |
| 3403 | When current flows through heater coil it glows but supply wiring does ___ |
| 3404 | The maximum current rating for a 10 k Ω, 0.5 W resistor is ___ |
| 3405 | The electrical resistance of human body is ___ |
| 3406 | Two resistances R1 and R2 are connected in ___ |
| 3407 | A 3Ω resistor having 2A current will dissipate the power of ___ |
| 3408 | Which of the following quantities remain the same in ___ |
| 3409 | Three 60 W bulbs are in parallel across the ___ |
| 3410 | A current of 1 mA flows through a 1M ohm, 2 W carbon resistor ___ |
| 3411 | Which of the following are typical resistance and power-dissipation values for ___ |
| 3412 | Which of the following carbon coded resistor has value of 10k ohm with 20% tolerance? |
| 3413 | A capacitor ___ |
| 3414 | A 100 μF capacitor supplied from 3 V source with a frequency of ___ |
| 3415 | A capacitor passes a current of 12.6 mA when supplied with ___ |
| 3416 | A 20 μF capacitor and 200 W, 220 V lamp is connected in ___ |
| 3417 | The capacitive reactance of a capacitor of ___ |
| 3418 | When AC flows through a pure capacitance then ___ |
| 3419 | If a capacitors of capacitance 100 μF is connected across a voltage source of ___ |
| 3420 | A capacitor carries a charge of 0.3 C at ___ |
| 3421 | A parallel plate capacitor has a capacitance of ___ |
| 3422 | Which of the followings is the expression for energy stored in a capacitor? |
| 3423 | A capacitor is connected to supply with switch and the switch is ___ |
| 3424 | Ceq of two capacitors connected in series is ___ |
| 3425 | A capacitor has a capacitance of ___ |
| 3426 | A capacitor that stores charge of 0.5 C at 10 V has ___ |
| 3427 | A p.d. of 300 V is applied across series combination of ___ |
| 3428 | A 50 μF capacitor is charged to retain 10 MJ of energy by ___ |
| 3429 | The capacitance of a conductor is varying from 2 microfarad to zero in ___ |
| 3430 | What will be the capacitance when distance between the 2 plates of ___ |
| 3431 | Purpose of using capacitor is / are ___ |
| 3432 | The resistance of 100 W, 200 V lamp is ___ |
| 3433 | 200 resistors of 200 Ω each are connected in ___ |
| 3434 | Which of the following lamp has least resistance? |
| 3435 | Which of the following has least resistivity? |
| 3436 | For same voltage, the ratio resistance of 100 W lamp to resistance of ___ |
| 3437 | The hot resistance of a tungsten lamp is about 10 times ___ |
| 3438 | Resistance of which material does not change with change in temperature? |
| 3439 | A cube of material of side 1 cm has a resistance of 0.002 Ω between its ___ |
| 3440 | A wire of resistance R has it length and ___ |
| 3441 | Specific resistance is measured in ___ |
| 3442 | A 10Ω resistor is stretched to increase its ___ |
| 3443 | A wire of 0.14 mm diameter and specific resistance ___ |
| 3444 | Three 3Ω resistors are connected to form ___ |
| 3445 | Two 1 kΩ, 1 W resistors are connected in ___ |
| 3446 | The resistance of 200 W, 200 V lamp is ___ |
| 3447 | The ratio of the resistance of a 200 W, 230 V lamp to ___ |
| 3448 | Two identical resistors are first connected in ___ |
| 3449 | Two equal resistors R connected in series across ___ |
| 3450 | Which of the following may be value of resistivity of copper? |
| 3451 | Two resistances R1 and R2 give combined resistances 4.5 Ω and 1 Ω when they ___ |
| 3452 | Which of the following has positive temperature coefficient? |
| 3453 | In given figure, the value of resistance R in Ω is ___ |
| 3454 | The current in the resistor R shown in figure will be ___ |
| 3455 | The resistivity of semi-conductors at room temperatures is ___ |
| 3456 | Three resistances have the following ratings 150 Ω at ___ |
| 3457 | A circuit contains two unequal resistor in ___ |
| 3458 | Which of the following may be the value of resistivity of copper at ___ |
| 3459 | If the three colour bands of a resistor are grey, violet and gold, what is the value of the resistor? |
| 3460 | What will be the resistance if 10 resistors of 10 ohm each are connected in series? |
| 3461 | Which variety of copper has the best mechanical strength? |
| 3462 | Which variety of copper has the best conductivity? |
| 3463 | Poorest conductor of electricity is ___ |
| 3464 | Pure metal generally have ___ |
| 3465 | The electrical conductivity of metal is typically of ___ |
| 3466 | Which of the following materials has highest electrical conductivity? |
| 3467 | Three element having conductance ___ |
| 3468 | Conductance of any conductor is expressed as ___ |
| 3469 | An ac voltage source ___ |
| 3470 | When a lossy capacitor with a dielectric of ___ |
| 3471 | An electrical motor has rating of 10 MVA at 0.8 lag, represented as ___ |
| 3472 | Fall time is the time required for a pulse to decrease from 90 to ___ |
| 3473 | The time required for a pulse to change from 10 % to 90 % of ___ |
| 3474 | Reactive power drawn by a pure resistor is ___ |
| 3475 | Under resonance condition the power factor of a system is ___ |
| 3476 | A parallel plate capacitor contain there dielectric layers of ___ |
| 3477 | Two point charges of 4μC are placed at a distance of 3 cm apart from ___ |
| 3478 | A capacitor having a mica dielectric ___ |
| 3479 | What is the effective capacitance ___ |
| 3480 | A parallel plate capacitor with air as dielectric, force between plate is ___ |
| 3481 | A coil with negligible resistance has 50 V across it with ___ |
| 3482 | Emf induced in a coil rotating in a uniform magnetic field will be ___ |
| 3483 | Which part of magnetic path requires largest mmf? |
| 3484 | Which of following is the unit of magnetic flux density? |
| 3485 | The ratio of intensity of magnetisation to the magnetising force is ___ |
| 3486 | A rectangular magnet of magnetic moment M is cut into two pieces of ___ |
| 3487 | The stray line of magnetic flux is ___ |
| 3488 | A conductor of length l meters moves at right angles to a uniform magnetic field of ___ |
| 3489 | In an AC circuit, containing pure inductance, the voltage applied is ___ |
| 3490 | The coils having self inductor of 10 mH and 15 mH have an effective inductor of ___ |
| 3491 | A 2m long conductor, carries a current of 50 A at a magnetic field of ___ |
| 3492 | The unit of electric field intensity is ___ |
| 3493 | An electric field can deflect ___ |
| 3494 | Electric flux is proportional to ___ |
| 3495 | When a dielectric is placed in an electric field the ___ |
| 3496 | A positive and a negative charged conductor are initially ___ |
| 3497 | Which field is associated with the capacitor? |
| 3498 | The presence of an uncharged conductor near a charged one ___ |
| 3499 | The electric field at a point situated at a distance d from ___ |
| 3500 | The value of E within the field due to a point charge can be found with ___ |
| 3501 | The ratio of electric flux density to electric field intensity is called ___ |
| 3502 | Which of following is not a vector? |
| 3503 | An electric field line and an equipotential surface are ___ |
| 3504 | Electric field intensity ( E ) at any point in an electric field is ___ |
| 3505 | The unit of electric displacement vector is ___ |
| 3506 | A unit tube of flux is known as ___ |
| 3507 | Electric displacement is ___ |
| 3508 | If two point charges are denoted by + Q and-Q and distance between ___ |
| 3509 | In 2 port network ___ |
| 3510 | In foster 1 form 1st element is ___ |
| 3511 | Constant K type HPF (high pass filter) having cut off frequency ___ |
| 3512 | The strength of current in 1 H inductor changes at rate of ___ |
| 3513 | A current of 4 A flows in an ac circuit when 100 V dc is applied to ___ |
| 3514 | The instantaneous values of line current into a delta connected load in ___ |
| 3515 | A coil of negligible resistance has an induction of ___ |
| 3516 | A motor having a power factor of 0.8 absorbs in active power of ___ |
| 3517 | Three identical resistor are connected in star across a ___ |
| 3518 | The voltage across R and L in a series RL circuit are found to be ___ |
| 3519 | Ampere second is the unit of ___ |
| 3520 | The mass of a neutron of atom is ___ |
| 3521 | The mass of a proton is ___ |
| 3522 | The charge of an electron is ___ |
| 3523 | The electron is lighter than a proton by a factor of about ___ |
| 3524 | What is the mass number of an element that has 19 protons, 19 electrons, and 20 neutrons? |
| 3525 | Atoms have no electric charge because they ___ |
| 3526 | Atoms with fewer than 4 valence electrons are ___ |
| 3527 | The fixed circular paths around the nucleus are called ___ |
| 3528 | The absolute charge of an electron is ___ |
| 3529 | The mass of the atom is determined by ___ |
| 3530 | A wire 2.5 m long is bent into a ___ |
| 3531 | While comparing magnetic field and electric circuits, the point of ___ |
| 3532 | Among the options which metal has the highest electrical conductivity? |
| 3533 | Capacitors for P.f correction are rated in ___ |
| 3534 | Sulphation in a lead acid battery occurs due to ___ |
| 3535 | Four bulbs of 40 W each are connected in series with a battery across ___ |
| 3536 | What is called a cycle in case of AC operation? |
| 3537 | What is called the instantaneous value of an alternating current? |
| 3538 | For making a capacitor it is better to select a dielectric having |
| 3539 | There are two capacitors C1 and C2 in parallel , what will be their equivalent capacitance? |
| 3540 | An electrolytic capacitor can be used for |
| 3541 | What is the real power in AC operation? |
| 3542 | What is apparent power in AC operation? |
| 3543 | What is the frequency of domestic power in India? |
| 3544 | Select the wave that has the least value of ___ |
| 3545 | What is form factor? |
| 3546 | What is referred as the average value in AC opearation? |
| 3547 | What is the relation between time period T and frequency? |
| 3548 | What is called the frequency in AC operation? |
| 3549 | What is time period T? |
| 3550 | In a series resonant circuit impedance is ___ |
| 3551 | What is the dielectric material used in precision small value capacitor and ___ |
| 3552 | The current through the 2 KΩ resistance ( rest resitances are all 1 ohm each ) in ___ |
| 3553 | There is a ___ between two nodes of signal flow graph |
| 3554 | What is the SI unit of electric current? |
| 3555 | What is the value of charge of an electron? |
| 3556 | Which property is used to oppose the flow of current? |
| 3557 | According to duality principle a series inductor (L) can be represented as ___ |
| 3558 | A pole of driving point impedance is ___ |
| 3559 | Reciprocity condition for h parameters is ___ |
| 3560 | Mesh analysis is prefered when loops are ___ |
| 3561 | Active filter consists of ___ |
| 3562 | Basic cut set matrix consists of ___ |
| 3563 | If N is the number of nodes and b is the number of branches in ___ |
| 3564 | Given network is having N nodes and B branches, then number of ___ |
| 3565 | Number of branches of a graph should be ___ |
| 3566 | In ideal system coefficient of coupling(k) is ___ |
| 3567 | Poles and zeros are arranged alternatively on imaginary axis, then type of network is? |
| 3568 | In the cauer-1 form of LC network ___ |
| 3569 | Image impedance can be written by using ___ |
| 3570 | In RLC series circuit R = 2Ω, L = 2mH and C = 1μF and applied voltage is ___ |
| 3571 | Transients are presents in the circuit when the circuit is ___ |
| 3572 | Resistor stores the energy in the form of ___ |
| 3573 | In RLC parallel network R = 2 Ohm, L = 2mH and ___ |
| 3574 | In RLC series circuit R = 2Ω, L = 2mH and ___ |
| 3575 | Final value theorem is not applicable for which of the following? |
| 3576 | To find the initial value of a function, the highest power of ___ |
| 3577 | In which of the following networks it is not possible to find the transient free response? |
| 3578 | In which of the following oscillations are not present? |
| 3579 | Which of the following is the different one in terms of measurements? |
| 3580 | Time constant is the time taken for response to rise ___ |
| 3581 | What is the value of time constant? |
| 3582 | Time constant of RC series circuit is ___ |
| 3583 | Time constant of RL series circuit is ___ |
| 3584 | In RC series circuit R = 2Ω, C = 2μF and 10V dc is ___ |
| 3585 | In steady state condition capacitor acts as ___ |
| 3586 | In RL series circuit R=2Ω and L=10mH and applied voltage is ___ |
| 3587 | For steady state current inductor acts as ___ |
| 3588 | Which of the following elements is/are called dynamic element/s? |
| 3589 | By which of the following elements transients will not occur? |
| 3590 | In RLC parallel circuit to get Q>1 which of the following is required? |
| 3591 | In series RLC circuit to get Q>1, which of the following is required? |
| 3592 | For ideal tank circuit what is the value of dynamic impedance? |
| 3593 | For ideal tank circuit, what is the value of dynamic admittance? |
| 3594 | In parallel RLC circuit under resonance condition the value of ___ |
| 3595 | In RLC series circuit, at resonance condition the value of ___ |
| 3596 | In RLC series circuit if the Q factor is 1, then the damping of the system is ___ |
| 3597 | In a series resonance circuit if bandwidth is 1 MHz and inductance is ___ |
| 3598 | Which of the following represents the resonance frequency ___ |
| 3599 | In series RLC circuit what is the power factor just above the resonance frequency? |
| 3600 | In series RLC circuit what is the power factor just bellow the resonance frequency? |
| 3601 | In series RLC circuit which of the following represents the Q factor? |
| 3602 | To obtain wide bandwidth, network is designed with which of the following? |
| 3603 | To obtain high efficiency, network is designed with which of the following? |
| 3604 | At which of the following frequency voltage across capacitor has ___ |
| 3605 | Current magnification will occur in which of the following case? |
| 3606 | Voltage magnification will occur in which of the following case? |
| 3607 | Under resonance condition the phase angle between voltage phase ___ |
| 3608 | For occurrence of resonance which of the following elements are required? |
| 3609 | In RLC parallel circuit if current through capacitor and inductor is ___ |
| 3610 | In parallel RC circuit total current is 5A and current through resistor is ___ |
| 3611 | Current locus is obtained by which of the following? |
| 3612 | When power factor angle is varying, the shape of the current locus is ___ |
| 3613 | When power factor angle is constant, then shape of the current locus is ___ |
| 3614 | In RLC parallel circuit circuit current through inductor is ___ |
| 3615 | In RLC parallel circuit current through resistor, inductor and capacitor are ___ |
| 3616 | In RLC series circuit, if the voltage across capacitor is greater than ___ |
| 3617 | In series RLC circuit, voltage across resistor, inductor and capacitor are ___ |
| 3618 | In ac RC series circuit total voltage is 10V and voltage across resistor is ___ |
| 3619 | In series R, L circuit power factor can be ___ |
| 3620 | The alternative names for ___ |
| 3621 | In a series R, L circuit, voltage across resistor and inductor are ___ |
| 3622 | Average power taken by the pure capacitor is ___ |
| 3623 | If a pure inductor is connected across the ac source, the average power taken ___ |
| 3624 | If a resistor is connected across the voltage source and ___ |
| 3625 | Form factor is equal to Peak factor in case of ___ |
| 3626 | For symmetrical wave form average value of ___ |
| 3627 | Which of the following defined the average value? |
| 3628 | Rms value is defined based on which of the following? |
| 3629 | When we use super node technique ___ |
| 3630 | Super mesh analysis is used in case of ___ |
| 3631 | KVL works on the principle of ___ |
| 3632 | KCL works on the principle of which of the following ___ |
| 3633 | Which of the following quantities consists of SI unit as WATT? |
| 3634 | Which of the following has no units? |
| 3635 | Which quantity consists of a unit 1KWh? |
| 3636 | Which quantity should be measured by the voltmeter? |
| 3637 | To apply reciprocity theorem response to excitation ratio is ___ |
| 3638 | Super position theorem is not applicable for ___ |
| 3639 | Mesh analysis is applicable for ___ |
| 3640 | Nodal analysis can be applied for ___ |
| 3641 | Internal resistance of ideal current source is ___ |
| 3642 | Internal resistance of ideal voltage source is ___ |
| 3643 | Capacitor does not allow the sudden change of ___ |
| 3644 | Inductor does not allow the sudden change of ___ |
| 3645 | Power dissipation in ideal inductor is ___ |
| 3646 | Which of the following are the passive elements? |
| 3647 | Which of the followings is/are active element? |
| 3648 | If P is the power of a star connected system then what will be power of ___ |
| 3649 | In balanced bridge, if the positions of detector and source are ___ |
| 3650 | If all the elements in a particular network are ___ |
| 3651 | Magnetic flux has the unit of ___ |
| 3652 | Absolute permittivity of dielectric medium is ___ |
| 3653 | The voltage induced in an inductor is ___ |
| 3654 | Instantaneous power in inductor is proportional to ___ |
| 3655 | The unit of resistivity is ___ |
| 3656 | 1 F is theoretically equal to ___ |
| 3657 | Five capacitors each of 5 µF are connected in ___ |
| 3658 | Four capacitors each of 40 µF are connected in ___ |
| 3659 | To obtain a high value of capacitance, the permittivity of ___ |
| 3660 | A capacitor carries a charge of ___ |
| 3661 | How many coulombs of charge flow through a circuit carrying a current of 10 A in 1 minute? |
| 3662 | The resistance of a conductor of diameter ___ |
| 3663 | The resistivity of the conductor depends on ___ |
| 3664 | If 1 A current flows in a circuit, the number of electrons flowing through ___ |
| 3665 | While using a frequency counter for measuring frequency, two modes of ___ |
| 3666 | A computer has a word length of ___ |
| 3667 | X = 01110 and Y = 11001 are two 5-bit binary numbers represented in ___ |
| 3668 | Which one of the following is correct sequence of ___ |
| 3669 | A system has following negative numbers stored in ___ |
| 3670 | The base of the number system for the ___ |
| 3671 | The number A = 01110000 and B = 10101111 are in ___ |
| 3672 | A signed integer has been stored in a byte using ___ |
| 3673 | Which one of the following is 2’s complement of -68? |
| 3674 | 11001, 1001 and 111001 correspond to the 2’scomplement representation of ___ |
| 3675 | Which of the following is 2’s complement of +12? |
| 3676 | What is the 2’s complement of 10110000? |
| 3677 | Which of the following is 1’s complement representation of ___ |
| 3678 | Which of the following is 1’s complement representation of -34? |
| 3679 | The 1’s complement of 11010111 is ___ |
| 3680 | The decimal number 0.246 in binary is ___ |
| 3681 | The binary number 110011.11 is equivalent to ___ |
| 3682 | A group of four bits is known as ___ |
| 3683 | A number system with radix 2 is known as ___ |
| 3684 | What is the gray code for the binary 101011? |
| 3685 | Which is typically the longest? |
| 3686 | The number of 1 in 8-bit representation of 127 in 2’s complement form is ___ |
| 3687 | Which one of the following is an invalid state in ___ |
| 3688 | A new Binary Coded Pantry (BCP) number system is ___ |
| 3689 | Choose the right statement? |
| 3690 | AND operation of ___ |
| 3691 | Which of the following notations have two representations of zero? |
| 3692 | Consider the following multiplication ___ |
| 3693 | To get an excess-3 code from ___ |
| 3694 | The binary equivalent of hexadecimal number ___ |
| 3695 | The decimal equivalent of hexadecimal number of ___ |
| 3696 | To add two m-bit numbers, the required number of ___ |
| 3697 | Which of the following represents the ___ |
| 3698 | In signed magnitude representation, the binary equivalent of ___ |
| 3699 | The minimum decimal equivalent of ___ |
| 3700 | The number of digit 1 present in the binary representation of ___ |
| 3701 | F’s complement of ___ |
| 3702 | If two numbers in excess-3 code are added and the result is less than ___ |
| 3703 | What are the values of R1 and R2 respectively in ___ |
| 3704 | The hex address of the ___ |
| 3705 | Which of the following BCD codes with an odd parity bit included in ___ |
| 3706 | A self-complementing code for the decimal digits is created using ___ |
| 3707 | 16’s complement of BABA is? |
| 3708 | 10’s complement of 63325600 is ___ |
| 3709 | 9’s complement of 52784630 is ___ |
| 3710 | What is the correct base of number so that operation is correct? |
| 3711 | If in a base b number system, 54/4=13, the base of ___ |
| 3712 | Which of the following shows the correct attachment of even parity bit to ___ |
| 3713 | Which one of the following even parity codes are in ___ |
| 3714 | The decimal equivalent of ___ |
| 3715 | The maximum positive and negative numbers that can be ___ |
| 3716 | The largest positive number that can be stored in a computer that has ___ |
| 3717 | When two n-bit binary numbers are added then the sum will contain ___ |
| 3718 | The maximum positive and negative numbers which can be ___ |
| 3719 | The field, which is never present in an assembly language statement, is ___ |
| 3720 | An EPROM is ___ |
| 3721 | The process of entering information in EPROM is commonly known as ___ |
| 3722 | A PROM ___ |
| 3723 | An EPROM ___ |
| 3724 | A read only memory in which the present contents must be erased before the ___ |
| 3725 | In a read-only memory information can be ___ |
| 3726 | Four ROM chips of 16 × 4 size have their address buses connected ___ |
| 3727 | It is desired to have ___ |
| 3728 | A ROM has a 16-bit address bus ___ |
| 3729 | The data bus width of a ROM of size 2048 × 8 bits is ___ |
| 3730 | The decimal equivalent of the highest possible address for ___ |
| 3731 | The address bus with a ROM of size 1024 × 8 bits is ___ |
| 3732 | An 8 × 4 ROM contains a decoder of ___ |
| 3733 | A 32 × 10 ROM contains a decoder of ___ |
| 3734 | Which of the following operations is commutative but not associative? |
| 3735 | The most suitable gate to check whether the number of 1s in a digital word is ___ |
| 3736 | For checking the parity of a digital word, it is ___ |
| 3737 | Which of the following below statements is true? |
| 3738 | The number of rows in the truth table of a 4-input gate is ___ |
| 3739 | The output of a logic gate is 0 when all its inputs are at logic 0, the gate is either ___ |
| 3740 | Which of the following statements below is true? |
| 3741 | The output of a logic gate is 0 when all its inputs are at ___ |
| 3742 | The output of a logic gate is 0 when all its ___ |
| 3743 | The output of a logic gate is 1 when all its inputs are at logic 0 |
| 3744 | The output of a logic gate is 1 when all its inputs are ___ |
| 3745 | The output of a logic gate is 1 when all ___ |
| 3746 | A gate is inhibited when its inhibit input is ___ |
| 3747 | A gate is enabled when its enable input is ___ |
| 3748 | Which of the following gates cannot be used as an inverter? |
| 3749 | The most suitable gate for comparing two bits is ___ |
| 3750 | The output of a gate is HIGH when at least one of ___ |
| 3751 | The output of a gate is LOW when at least one of its inputs is ___ |
| 3752 | A bubbled NOR gate is equivalent to ___ |
| 3753 | A bubbled NAND gate is equivalent to ___ |
| 3754 | A bubbled OR gate is equivalent to ___ |
| 3755 | A bubbled AND gate is equivalent to ___ |
| 3756 | An all or nothing gate is the other name of ___ |
| 3757 | An OR gate can be imagined as ___ |
| 3758 | An AND gate can be imagined as ___ |
| 3759 | What is the minimum number of NOR gates required realizing an X-OR gating? |
| 3760 | What is the minimum number of NAND gates required to realize an X-OR gate? |
| 3761 | How many NOR gates are required to obtain AND operation? |
| 3762 | The output of a NAND gate is ___ |
| 3763 | The output of a NOR gate is ___ |
| 3764 | Which of the following gates is known as anticoincidence detector? |
| 3765 | Which of the following gates is known as a coincidence detector? |
| 3766 | What logic function is produced by adding an inverter to each input and output of an OR gate? |
| 3767 | What logic function is produced by adding an inverter to each input and output of an AND gate? |
| 3768 | What logic function is produced by adding inverters to the inputs of an OR gate? |
| 3769 | What logic function is produced by adding inverters to the inputs of an AND gate? |
| 3770 | NOT gates are to be added to the inputs of which gate to convert it to a NOR gate? |
| 3771 | NOT gates are to be added to the inputs of which gate to convert it to a NAND gate? |
| 3772 | What is the minimum number of two-input NAND gates used to perform ___ |
| 3773 | Which of the following is known as a mod-2 adder? |
| 3774 | The logic expression A + B can be implemented by giving ___ |
| 3775 | The logic expression AB can be implemented by giving ___ |
| 3776 | The X-OR and X-NOR gates can have how many inputs? |
| 3777 | An exclusive NOR gate is logically equivalent to ___ |
| 3778 | An X-OR gate gives a high output ___ |
| 3779 | The NOR gate can function as ___ |
| 3780 | The NAND gate can function as ___ |
| 3781 | What is the logic which controls a stair case light associated with ___ |
| 3782 | A combinational circuit can be designed using ___ |
| 3783 | The number of parity bits in a 12-bit Hamming code is ___ |
| 3784 | Which of the following is a self-complementing code? |
| 3785 | In which of the following codes do the successive characters differ in only 1-bit position? |
| 3786 | In which code do the successive code characters differ in only one position? |
| 3787 | The XS-3 code is ___ |
| 3788 | ASCII ___ |
| 3789 | Which of the following codes is known as the 8421 code? |
| 3790 | A 15-bit Hamming code requires ___ |
| 3791 | EBCDIC code is ___ |
| 3792 | ASCII code is ___ |
| 3793 | ASCII and EBCDIC codes are ___ |
| 3794 | The 7-bit Hamming code is used to ___ |
| 3795 | 2421 code is ___ |
| 3796 | 8421 code is ___ |
| 3797 | 2-out-of-5 code is ___ |
| 3798 | The parity of the binary number ___ |
| 3799 | The following code is not ___ |
| 3800 | For a code to be self-complementing, the sum of ___ |
| 3801 | Unit distance code is ___ |
| 3802 | The codes in which each successive code word differs from ___ |
| 3803 | The code used in digital systems to represent decimal digits, letters, and ___ |
| 3804 | A device which converts 2421 code into 8421 code is ___ |
| 3805 | A demultiplexer is ___ |
| 3806 | A multiplexer is ___ |
| 3807 | A device which converts BCD into octal is ___ |
| 3808 | A device which converts decimal number into BCD form is ___ |
| 3809 | In ULSI, the number of gate circuits per chip is ___ |
| 3810 | In VLSI, the number of gate circuits per chip is ___ |
| 3811 | In LSI, the number of gate circuits per chip is ___ |
| 3812 | In MSI, the number of gate circuits per chip is ___ |
| 3813 | In SSI, the number of gate circuits per chip is ___ |
| 3814 | The voltage levels for negative logic system ___ |
| 3815 | The voltage levels for positive logic system ___ |
| 3816 | The voltages corresponding to LOW and HIGH levels respectively are ___ |
| 3817 | The devices commonly used for making ___ |
| 3818 | Switching circuits are ___ |
| 3819 | Logic circuits are ___ |
| 3820 | The AND-OR realization of a combinational circuit requires ___ |
| 3821 | For the design of a combinational circuit with four inputs using ___ |
| 3822 | OR-AND realization of a combinational circuit is ___ |
| 3823 | AND-OR realization of a combinational circuit is ___ |
| 3824 | The NOR-NOR realization is ___ |
| 3825 | The NAND-NAND realization is equivalent to ___ |
| 3826 | Minimization of logical expressions while designing digital systems helps ___ |
| 3827 | In K-map simplification, a group of four adjacent 1s leads to ___ |
| 3828 | A 16-square eliminates ___ |
| 3829 | In simplification of a Boolean function of n variables, a group of ___ |
| 3830 | The Quine– McClusky method of minimization of a logic expression is ___ |
| 3831 | The number of cells in a 6 variable K-map is ___ |
| 3832 | The code used for labeling the cells of ___ |
| 3833 | The implicants which will definitely occur in the final expression are ___ |
| 3834 | The terms which cannot be combined further in the tabular method are ___ |
| 3835 | An 8-square is ___ |
| 3836 | An 8-square eliminates ___ |
| 3837 | The binary number designations of the rows and columns of ___ |
| 3838 | The main criterion in the design of a digital circuit is ___ |
| 3839 | Each term in the standard SOP form is ___ |
| 3840 | An n variable K-map can have ___ |
| 3841 | The set of which logic gates is designated as universal gate?el |
| 3842 | The fast logic family is ___ |
| 3843 | A switch-tail ring counter is made by using a single ___ |
| 3844 | If a counter having 10 flip flops is initially at 0, What count will if hold after 2060 pulses? |
| 3845 | A 10 bit A/D conveter is used to digitize an analog signal in ___ |
| 3846 | The 2s complement of 17 is ___ |
| 3847 | Counter is ___ |
| 3848 | In flip flop clock is present but in latch clock is ___ |
| 3849 | How many flip flops are required to build a binary counter circuit to count from 0 to 1023? |
| 3850 | Excess 3 code is known as ___ |
| 3851 | The number of comparators in a parallel conversion type 8-bit analog to ___ |
| 3852 | What will be Excess-3 code for decimal ( 584 )? |
| 3853 | The resolution of a 12 bit analog to digital converter in ___ |
| 3854 | Slowest memory element is ___ |
| 3855 | Fastest memory element is ___ |
| 3856 | Which Gate is called inequality comparator? |
| 3857 | Which of these circuits will give yield carry with ___ |
| 3858 | Which of these circuits have higher ___ |
| 3859 | What is mean by FPU ___ |
| 3860 | If clock time period is 1ms, what is its frequency ___ |
| 3861 | One bit full adder has ___ |
| 3862 | What is the difference between ___ |
| 3863 | A digital voltmeter has a read out range from ___ |
| 3864 | The effect of stray magnetic field on the actuating torque of ___ |
| 3865 | The simplified block diagram of a 10-bit A/D converter of ___ |
| 3866 | A flip flop is ___ |
| 3867 | A half adder is ___ |
| 3868 | For 4 bit parallel addition, we need ___ |
| 3869 | Which of the following below is correct ___ |
| 3870 | A graphical representation of a products in a truth table is ___ |
| 3871 | Simplified form of the function ___ |
| 3872 | The main equation for a D flip flop is ___ |
| 3873 | If 4 input MUXes drive a 4 input multiplexer, it results ___ |
| 3874 | Extremely low power dissipation per gate can be ___ |
| 3875 | Number of 2 input multiplexers need to construct ___ |
| 3876 | A small circle or dot on top of ___ |
| 3877 | A multiplexer is a combinational logic circuit used to ___ |
| 3878 | 1 kb represents ___ |
| 3879 | 1 Gigabyte is equal to ___ |
| 3880 | A byte is equal to ___ |
| 3881 | The number FF in base-16 systems will be equal to ___ |
| 3882 | Odd parity of a bit stream can be tested using ___ |
| 3883 | XNOR followed by a NOT gate is equivalent to ___ |
| 3884 | Which of the following is equivalent to ___ |
| 3885 | X OR X’ will result ___ |
| 3886 | X’ AND X’ will result ___ |
| 3887 | The state of a flip-flop can be switched by changing its ___ |
| 3888 | The momentary change in the output/state of the flip-flops is ___ |
| 3889 | Master-slave flip flop consists of ___ |
| 3890 | The switch which clears a flip-flop is know as ___ |
| 3891 | A half adder has ___ |
| 3892 | A full adder has ___ |
| 3893 | Which circuit is used in between two systems having two different codes ___ |
| 3894 | What is the minimum number of 2 input NAND gates used to ___ |
| 3895 | Combinations that are not listed for the input variables are ___ |
| 3896 | At which the digital data can be applied to a a gate is known as ___ |
| 3897 | Choose the option which is not a code conversion standard ___ |
| 3898 | The time required for a gate to change its output is ___ |
| 3899 | A single flip-flop can be cleared (reset) to ___ |
| 3900 | The two conductors of a transmission line carry equal ___ |
| 3901 | Which of the following is not a transmission medium? |
| 3902 | Which of the following logic circuits is the fastest? |
| 3903 | Dual slope ADC has R = 1 KΩ and C = 0.22 nano farad has ___ |
| 3904 | When will be the output of an exclusive-OR gate is HIGH? |
| 3905 | What will be the Boolean expression for an inverter logic gate, where input is ___ |
| 3906 | What is the Boolean expression for a two-input AND gate? |
| 3907 | Why small bubble is given on the output of the NAND gate symbol? |
| 3908 | Which of the logical operations is represented by the + sign in Boolean algebra? |
| 3909 | How many output is high of NOR GATE? |
| 3910 | When will be the output of an AND gate is HIGH if there are three inputs, A, B, and C? |
| 3911 | How many numbers are used in the decimal number system? |
| 3912 | How many input and output required for multiplexer? |
| 3913 | How the digital signals is transmitted through a single conductor? |
| 3914 | When will be the output of a NOT gate is LOW? |
| 3915 | Why encoder is used in the digital electronics? |
| 3916 | When will be the output of an OR gate is LOW? |
| 3917 | What is the requirement of fullsubstractor circuit? |
| 3918 | What is the radix of octal number system? |
| 3919 | Why generic array logic (GAL) device was invented? |
| 3920 | How many stable state/states present in flip-flop? |
| 3921 | How many input and output required for demultiplexer? |
| 3922 | Which is the example of digital device from the given option? |
| 3923 | When will be the output of a NOT gate is HIGH? |
| 3924 | Why decoder is used in the digital electronics? |
| 3925 | When will be the output of an AND gate is LOW? |
| 3926 | Latches are ___ |
| 3927 | A sequence of binary digits is ___ |
| 3928 | All the integers and decimal numbers are represented by ___ |
| 3929 | Extended Binary Coded Decimal Interchange Code is ___ |
| 3930 | EBCDIC is abbreviated as ___ |
| 3931 | Transfer of data from one register to another register is known as ___ |
| 3932 | The way of representing numbers in the form of 0s and 1s is ___ |
| 3933 | The difference between the diagram of a NOR and OR gate is ___ |
| 3934 | The complement of a function A is ___ |
| 3935 | 2’s Complement of 10101011 is ___ |
| 3936 | Positive integers must be represented by ___ |
| 3937 | 1s Complement of 11001010 is ___ |
| 3938 | Maximum number in decimal that can be represented by ___ |
| 3939 | Convert the binary number (1111000011110000) to ___ |
| 3940 | A binary number system is of base ___ |
| 3941 | Complement of XNOR and NOR is ___ |
| 3942 | A . Ā is equal to ___ |
| 3943 | A + Ā is equal to ___ |
| 3944 | Complement of NOR and OR gate is ___ |
| 3945 | Truth table is used to express ___ |
| 3946 | LSI means ___ |
| 3947 | X + X.Y =? |
| 3948 | In Boolean algebra, OR is represented by ___ |
| 3949 | In Boolean algebra AND is represented by ___ |
| 3950 | OR operation is equivalant to ___ |
| 3951 | AND operation is equivalant to ___ |
| 3952 | In Boolean algebra A.A is equal to ___ |
| 3953 | In the boolean algebra, a variable has ___ |
| 3954 | The boolean algebra is mostly based on ___ |
| 3955 | A boolean function can be transformed into logical ___ |
| 3956 | In a T flip-flop no of input circuit is ___ |
| 3957 | Boolean algebra is also known as ___ |
| 3958 | Which logic family provide minimum ___ |
| 3959 | In digital systems, 1 byte is equal to ___ |
| 3960 | If J = K (J and K are shorted) in ___ |
| 3961 | If J = K (J and K are shorted) in a JK flip-flop, what circuit is ___ |
| 3962 | A Nibble is equal to ___ |
| 3963 | 1 Kilo bits are equal to ___ |
| 3964 | Queue is also known as ___ |
| 3965 | Stack is also known as ___ |
| 3966 | A digital circuit that can store on bit is ___ |
| 3967 | In decimal number system what is ___ |
| 3968 | In Digital Logic Designs, GAL is abbreviated as ___ |
| 3969 | Temperature variation is a/an ___ |
| 3970 | If a Hexadecimal number needs to convert to ___ |
| 3971 | A Binary number system has how many digits ___ |
| 3972 | Which of the following is a digital device ___ |
| 3973 | A three-state buffer has the following output states ___ |
| 3974 | In the toggle mode a JK flip-flop has ___ |
| 3975 | Which one of the following is not a vectored interrupt? |
| 3976 | Which of these sets of logic gates are designated as universal gates? |
| 3977 | A D-flip-flop is said to be transparent when ___ |
| 3978 | In an SR latch built from NOR gates, which condition is ___ |
| 3979 | In binary number system the first digit (bit) from right to left is ___ |
| 3980 | How many bits are required to store one BCD digit? |
| 3981 | How many entries will be in the truth table of a 3 input NAND gate? |
| 3982 | A latch is ___ |
| 3983 | Which number system has a base of ___ |
| 3984 | Which of the following memories uses one transistor and ___ |
| 3985 | At which frequency does the Bode magnitude plots for the functions ___ |
| 3986 | The low frequency and high frequency asymptotes of ___ |
| 3987 | The initial slope of Bode plot for a transfer function having no poles at ___ |
| 3988 | To achieve the optimum transient response, the indicating instruments are ___ |
| 3989 | The transfer function of a phase lead compensator is ___ |
| 3990 | Which of the following is/are represents the lag compensator? |
| 3991 | Which of the following is/are represents the lead compensator? |
| 3992 | A controller transfer function is given by ___ |
| 3993 | With regard to filtering property, the lead compensator is ___ |
| 3994 | Consider the following statements for phase lead compensation ___ |
| 3995 | The transfer function of phase lead compensator is given by ___ |
| 3996 | The compensator ___ |
| 3997 | If the transfer function of a phase lead compensator is (s+a)/(s+b) and that of ___ |
| 3998 | The maximum phase lag occurs at the ___ |
| 3999 | Error at corner frequency ___ |
| 4000 | Find the corner frequency for the following transfer function? |
| 4001 | Find the stability for the following transfer function ___ |
| 4002 | A open loop transfer function is given as ___ |
| 4003 | When the system gain is doubled the gain margin becomes? |
| 4004 | Resonant peak of a marginally stable system is ___ |
| 4005 | In polar plots if the critical point ‘-1+j0’ is enclosed then the system is ___ |
| 4006 | A unity feedback control system has forward loop transfer function as ___ |
| 4007 | The value of ‘a’ in ___ |
| 4008 | Which of the following is the correct expression for the ___ |
| 4009 | A property of phase lead compensation is ___ |
| 4010 | The Laplace transform of a transportation lag of ___ |
| 4011 | A system has poles at 0.01 Hz, 1 Hz and 80 Hz; zeros at ___ |
| 4012 | The phase margin of a system having the loop transfer function ___ |
| 4013 | The transfer function of a plant is ___ |
| 4014 | A second order system has peak over shoot = 50% and period of ___ |
| 4015 | If the magnitude of G(jω)H(jω) at phase crossover frequency is ___ |
| 4016 | A second order under damped system has damping ratio of ___ |
| 4017 | Find the conditions for the system to be stable? |
| 4018 | The magnitude of a transfer function G(jω)H(jω) at gain cross over ___ |
| 4019 | If the bandwidth of the system is very large, the system response is ___ |
| 4020 | Find the bandwidth of the system, when rise time of the system is give as 1msec? |
| 4021 | For a second order under damped system subjected to ___ |
| 4022 | A second order control system has ___ |
| 4023 | Find the relation of damped natural frequency ___ |
| 4024 | Which of the following represents the value of |
| 4025 | In frequency response analysis of second order system, the error at ___ |
| 4026 | The steady state sinusoidal response will become zero at ___ |
| 4027 | The open loop transfer function of non unity negative feedback system is ___ |
| 4028 | The value of damping factor for which the resonant peek is equal to 1.4 is ___ |
| 4029 | The characteristic equation for closed loop system is ___ |
| 4030 | Negative feedback in a closed loop control system ___ |
| 4031 | A lag compensator ___ |
| 4032 | The closed loop transfer function of a system is ___ |
| 4033 | The closed loop transfer function of a unity feedback control system is ___ |
| 4034 | The error of a system to a ramp input is 1/5, if the type of the system is ___ |
| 4035 | The transfer function of a linear time invariant system is given as ___ |
| 4036 | The characteristic equation has the following roots for over damped stable system? |
| 4037 | The poles of the second order system are at -3 ± j4 ___ |
| 4038 | Transfer function of a control system depends on ___ |
| 4039 | The transfer function of the system described by ___ |
| 4040 | A transfer function has a zero at ___ |
| 4041 | Consider the function ___ |
| 4042 | Given the Laplace transform of f(t) = F(s), the Laplace transform of ___ |
| 4043 | When deriving the transfer function of ___ |
| 4044 | Electrical analogous element for damper element ___ |
| 4045 | A transfer function has its zero in the right half of ___ |
| 4046 | The open loop transfer function of a unity feedback system is given by ___ |
| 4047 | A unity feed back system has forward transfer function ___ |
| 4048 | The characteristic equation of a control system is ___ |
| 4049 | Angle of asymptotes for complimentary root locus is ___ |
| 4050 | Angle condition for complimentary root locus or ___ |
| 4051 | Find the angles of asymptotes of the open loop transfer function ___ |
| 4052 | A control system has open loop transfer function G(s) = k/(s(s + 2) |
| 4053 | A control system has open loop transfer function ___ |
| 4054 | The characteristic equation of a feedback control system is given by s³ + 5s² + (k + 6)s + k = 0 |
| 4055 | Which of the following statements is/are true? |
| 4056 | Find the angle between the asymptotes? |
| 4057 | The characteristic equation of a control system is given by ___ |
| 4058 | Let P = Number of open loop poles and Z = Number of open loop zeros and ___ |
| 4059 | A unity feedback control system has an open loop transfer function ___ |
| 4060 | Consider a point S = -3 + j4 in the ___ |
| 4061 | The magnitude condition for root locus is ___ |
| 4062 | The angle condition used for checking whether any point lies on ___ |
| 4063 | The unit step response of the system is ___ |
| 4064 | What is the value of k? |
| 4065 | Find the number of roots which lie on the right half of s-plane? |
| 4066 | The number of roots which lie in the right half of s-plane is ___ |
| 4067 | The optimum values of damping ratio is ___ |
| 4068 | Settling time for 5% tolerance band is ___ |
| 4069 | Find the settling time for 2% tolerance? |
| 4070 | Two identical first order systems have been cascaded ___ |
| 4071 | A second order control system has a transfer function ___ |
| 4072 | Time constant is defined as the time taken by the response of the system to ___ |
| 4073 | A ramp input applied to an unity feedback system results in 5% steady state error |
| 4074 | Transient state analysis depends on which of the following? |
| 4075 | In which of the following controller band width is increased? |
| 4076 | For unit step input to the system the approximate settling time for ___ |
| 4077 | Which of the following controller has sluggish response? |
| 4078 | Which of the following controller is also known as anticipatory controller? |
| 4079 | A proportional plus integral controller ___ |
| 4080 | Which one of the following is the steady state error for a step input applied to ___ |
| 4081 | Which one of the following is the response y(t) of ___ |
| 4082 | A proportional plus derivative controller ___ |
| 4083 | The device necessarily used for automatic temperature control in ___ |
| 4084 | The position and velocity error coefficient for the transfer function ___ |
| 4085 | The Laplace transformation of f(t) is ___ |
| 4086 | When the input to a system was with drawn at t = 0, its output was ___ |
| 4087 | The impulse response of an initally relaxed linear system is ___ |
| 4088 | The unit step error coefficient of ___ |
| 4089 | The transfer function of a system is given as ___ |
| 4090 | Based on relation between the arm impedances the filters can be categorized into how many types? |
| 4091 | What is the full form of SPICE? |
| 4092 | First Foster form of a LC network represents which element in the beginning? |
| 4093 | What type of function is in the below ___ |
| 4094 | Slope of asymptote in Bode plot of 2nd order system is ___ |
| 4095 | Error constants of a system are a measure of ___ |
| 4096 | The transfer function of the control system depends on ___ |
| 4097 | For a transfer function H (s) = P(s) / Q(s), where ___ |
| 4098 | For a unity feedback control system open loop ___ |
| 4099 | For a unity feedback control system open loop transfer function ___ |
| 4100 | For a unity feedback control system open loop transfer function then ___ |
| 4101 | Time response for a second order system depends ___ |
| 4102 | Time response for a second order system depends on value of ___ |
| 4103 | Time response for a second order control system depends on ___ |
| 4104 | Time response for a second order system depends on ___ |
| 4105 | When the polynomial is Routh Hurwitz ___ |
| 4106 | In the integral control of the single area system frequency error is ___ |
| 4107 | A cascade of three linear time invariant systems is ___ |
| 4108 | Number of sign changes in the entries in 1st column of ___ |
| 4109 | None of the poles of a linear control system lie in ___ |
| 4110 | A system of constant voltage and constant frequency is ___ |
| 4111 | Find the type of the system given by ___ |
| 4112 | Find the order of a system given by ___ |
| 4113 | The transfer function of a system given by ___ |
| 4114 | The DC gain of a system represented by the transfer function ___ |
| 4115 | A function of one or more variables which conveys information about ___ |
| 4116 | If a body has identical properties all over, it is known as ___ |
| 4117 | The characteristic equation of a feedback control is ___ |
| 4118 | The amplitude spectrum of a Gaussian pulse is ___ |
| 4119 | The second order system defined by ___ |
| 4120 | The value of gain margin of the system having ___ |
| 4121 | Number of roots in left hand half of s plane if characteristic equation is ___ |
| 4122 | The phase of lead compensator of the system ___ |
| 4123 | For a lead compensator, the poles lie ___ |
| 4124 | In a control system, an integrator is represented by ___ |
| 4125 | A linear time invariant system has an impulse response ___ |
| 4126 | Transfer function of zero order hold response is ___ |
| 4127 | A system is stable for ___ |
| 4128 | Name test signals used in time response analysis? |
| 4129 | Type and order of transfer function ___ |
| 4130 | Lead network is used to ___ |
| 4131 | A function y (t) satisfies the following differential equation ___ |
| 4132 | An open loop control system, represented by ___ |
| 4133 | Time taken by the response to reach and stay within a specified error is ___ |
| 4134 | Time taken for the response to rise from zero to 100 % for very first time is ___ |
| 4135 | A lead compensator used for a closed loop controller has ___ |
| 4136 | The impulse response of a linear system is ___ |
| 4137 | What is the Laplace transform of a function δ(t-2)? |
| 4138 | For type 1 system with parabolic input, the steady state error is ___ |
| 4139 | The type number of the control system with ___ |
| 4140 | Given a unity feedback system with G(s) = k/s(s+4), the value of k for ___ |
| 4141 | Find the Laplace transform for sinωt? |
| 4142 | If the excitation i(t) is a unit step, which of the following is the final value? |
| 4143 | The input-output relationship of a linear time invariant continuous time system is ___ |
| 4144 | The open loop transfer function for unity feedback system is ___ |
| 4145 | If the excitation i(t) is a unit step, which of the following is the initial value? |
| 4146 | Consider a network function ___ |
| 4147 | The open loop transfer function of a unity feedback control system is ___ |
| 4148 | Which of the following transfer functions represent under damped second order systems? |
| 4149 | The unit impulse response of second order system is ___ |
| 4150 | A linear time invariant system, initially at rest when subjected to ___ |
| 4151 | Adding a pole to a system transfer function in terms of compensator represents a ___ compensator? |
| 4152 | Lead compensator is used to improve ___ |
| 4153 | Certain control system has input ___ |
| 4154 | Its open loop transfer function is ___ |
| 4155 | What is the open loop DC gain of a unity feedback control system having ___ |
| 4156 | The impulse response of a system is ___ |
| 4157 | Weighting function is in terms of ___ele |
| 4158 | Differentiation of parabolic response is a ___ eleresponse? |
| 4159 | The steady state error due to ramp input for ___ |
| 4160 | A second order control system is defined by ___ |
| 4161 | What is the order of a closed loop control system for ___ |
| 4162 | Which of the following statement is/are true statements? |
| 4163 | What is the type of closed loop system for the __ |
| 4164 | The type of a control system is obtained from ___ transfer function? |
| 4165 | The impulse response of the system ___ |
| 4166 | The impulse response of the system described by ___ |
| 4167 | The step response of the system described by the differential equation will be ___ |
| 4168 | When compared to a 1st order LPF, a 2nd order LPF has ___ |
| 4169 | Open loop transfer function ___ |
| 4170 | Transient state analysis deals with ___ |
| 4171 | The transfer function for tachometer ___ |
| 4172 | Which of the following is/are the example of actuator? |
| 4173 | Accurate and reliable output is possible with which of the following system? |
| 4174 | Which of the following is/are the characteristics of negative feedback control system? |
| 4175 | Which of the following is the electrical analogous element for ___ |
| 4176 | When writing a transfer function which of the following loops are not valid loops? |
| 4177 | In signal flow graph input node is node having only ___ |
| 4178 | If two blocks having gains A and B respectively are in ___ |
| 4179 | If a circuit consists of two mass elements, two spring elements and ___ |
| 4180 | Electrical analogous quantity for dash-pot in force-current analogy is ___ |
| 4181 | In force-current analogy, electrical analogous quantity for ___ |
| 4182 | Electrical analogous quantity for spring element (K) in ___ |
| 4183 | Which of the following is the analogous quantity for mass element in force-voltage analogy? |
| 4184 | Which of the following is/are the disadvantages of an open loop control system? |
| 4185 | Force balancing equation for elastic element (K) is ___ele |
| 4186 | Force balancing equation of a dash-pot element is ___ |
| 4187 | Which of the following is/are the advantages of a closed loop control system? |
| 4188 | Force balancing equation of a mass element is ___ |
| 4189 | By using which of the following elements, mechanical translational systems are obtained? |
| 4190 | The output of the system has an effect upon the ___ |
| 4191 | Which of the following are the disadvantages of a closed loop control system? |
| 4192 | Advantages of open loop control system is ___ |
| 4193 | Which system is also known as automatic control system? |
| 4194 | A box which tells the effect of inputs on control sub system is known as ___ |
| 4195 | Poles and zeros are arranged alternatively on negative real axis, then ___ |
| 4196 | Lowest critical frequency is due to zero and it may be present at ___ |
| 4197 | Lowest critical frequency is due to pole and it may be present at ___ |
| 4198 | In the cauer-2 form of LC network ___ |
| 4199 | What is the value of base x in the below? |
| 4200 | For emitter bias, the voltage at the emitter is ___ |
| 4201 | The major advantage of a photo transistor as compared to ___ |
| 4202 | When testing an npn transistor using ___ |
| 4203 | If the emitter resistance decreases ____ |
| 4204 | If the emitter resistance increases, the collector voltage ___ |
| 4205 | When the current gain increases from 50 to 300 in ___ |
| 4206 | If the current gain is unknown in an emitter-biased circuit, you cannot calculate ___ |
| 4207 | The first step in analyzing emitter-based circuits is ___ |
| 4208 | When there is no base current in a transistor switch, the output ___ |
| 4209 | When the Q point moves along the ___ |
| 4210 | The collector current is ___ |
| 4211 | If the collector resistor opens in a base-biased circuit, the load line ___ |
| 4212 | If the base resistor has zero resistance, the transistor will ___ |
| 4213 | If the base supply voltage is disconnected, the collector-emitter voltage will ___ |
| 4214 | Suppose the base resistor is ___ |
| 4215 | If the base supply voltage increase, the Q point moves ___ |
| 4216 | If a transistor operates at the middle of the load line, a decrease in ___ |
| 4217 | If a transistor operates at the middle of ___ |
| 4218 | Three difference Q points are shown on ___ |
| 4219 | In the active region, the collector current is ___ |
| 4220 | The base-emitter voltage of ___ |
| 4221 | A small collector current with zero base current is caused by ___ |
| 4222 | The power dissipated by a transistor approximately equals the ___ |
| 4223 | The collector-emitter voltage is usually ___ |
| 4224 | The base-emitter voltage is usually ___ |
| 4225 | If the current gain is 100 and the collector current is ___ |
| 4226 | In a pnp transistor, the major carriers in the emitter are ___ |
| 4227 | In a normally biased npn transistor, the electrons in the emitter have ___ |
| 4228 | The fact that there are many free electrons in ___ |
| 4229 | Increasing the collector supply voltage will ___ |
| 4230 | The β of a transistor is the ratio of ___ |
| 4231 | Most of the electrons in the base of an NPN transistor do not recombine ___ |
| 4232 | Most of the electrons in the base of ___ |
| 4233 | For normal operation of the transistor, the collector diode has ___ |
| 4234 | In an NPN transistor, the majority carriers in ___ |
| 4235 | A transistor has how many PN junctions? |
| 4236 | Piezoelectric effect is utilized in which of the following filter? |
| 4237 | The input voltage to an emitter follower is ___ |
| 4238 | The output voltage of an emitter follower is ___ |
| 4239 | The AC base voltage of an emitter follower is ___ |
| 4240 | The input impedance of the base of an emitter follower is ___ |
| 4241 | The voltage gain of a loaded differential amp is ___ |
| 4242 | The input offset electric current is ___ |
| 4243 | The typical input stage of an opamp has ___ |
| 4244 | The 741 C has a unity-gain frequency of ___ |
| 4245 | An opamp has a voltage gain of ___ |
| 4246 | The voltage follower has ___ |
| 4247 | The common-mode rejection ratio is ___ |
| 4248 | The input stage of an op amp is usually ___ |
| 4249 | A common-mode signal is applied to ___ |
| 4250 | When the two input terminals of a differential amplifier are ___ |
| 4251 | The input offset electric current equals the ___ |
| 4252 | The input signal for an instrumentation amplifier usually comes ___ |
| 4253 | The opamp can amplify ___ |
| 4254 | The transit time of the electric current carriers through ___ |
| 4255 | In an E only MOSFET, drain electric current starts only ___ |
| 4256 | The main factor which makes a MOSFET likely to breakdown during ___ |
| 4257 | The main advantage of CMOS is ___ |
| 4258 | Most small-signal E-MOSFETs are found in ___ |
| 4259 | Which of the following is expected to have highest input impedance? |
| 4260 | What does MOS stand for? |
| 4261 | A D-MOSFET is considered to be ___ |
| 4262 | In modern the MOSFET, the material used for ___ |
| 4263 | A D-MOSFET can operate in ___ |
| 4264 | A depletion MOSFET differs from a JFET in the ___ |
| 4265 | IGFET is a ___ |
| 4266 | Which of following is the fastest switching device? |
| 4267 | In a MOSFET, the polarity of the inversion layer is the same as ___ |
| 4268 | In MOSFET devices the N-channel type is better the P-channel type in ___ |
| 4269 | MOSFET uses the electric field of ___ |
| 4270 | Input impedance of MOSFET is ___ele |
| 4271 | The positive part of the output signal in a transistor circuit starts ___ |
| 4272 | The negative part of the output signal in a transistor circuit starts el___ |
| 4273 | The CE amplifier circuit are preferred over CB amplifier circuit because ___ |
| 4274 | In a properly biased NPN transistor most of the electrons from ___ |
| 4275 | The emitter of the transistor is generally doped the ___ |
| 4276 | Early effect in BJT refers to ___ |
| 4277 | The leakage electric current ___ |
| 4278 | Which of the following components are used for bias compensation in transistor circuit? |
| 4279 | Conventional biasing of a BJT has ___ |
| 4280 | Leakage electric current in ___ |
| 4281 | In CE configuration, the input V-I characteristics are drawn by ___ |
| 4282 | Large electric current flow of ___ |
| 4283 | The electric current ___ |
| 4284 | The magnitude of electric current ___ |
| 4285 | The ICBO is the electric current that flows when some DC voltage is ___ |
| 4286 | For transistor action ___ |
| 4287 | The emitter of the transistor is ___ |
| 4288 | The most commonly used transistor circuit arrangement is ___ |
| 4289 | For an NPN transistor in ___ |
| 4290 | The silicon transistor are more widely ___ |
| 4291 | The arrowhead on the transistor symbol points in ___ |
| 4292 | The emitter electric current in a junction with ___ |
| 4293 | In CB configuration, the output V-I characteristics of a transistor are ___ |
| 4294 | In which mode of BJT operation are both junction forward biased ___ |
| 4295 | In a bipolar junction transistor the base region is ___ |
| 4296 | A transistor series voltage regulator is called emitter follower regulator because ___ |
| 4297 | In a zener diode shunt voltage regulator, the diode regulates so long as ___ |
| 4298 | An ideal voltage regulator has a voltage regulation of ___ |
| 4299 | A 10 V DC regulator power supply has a regulation of ___ |
| 4300 | The main job of a voltage regulator is to provide ___ |
| 4301 | The percentage voltage regulation of voltage supply providing ___ |
| 4302 | A voltage regulator is ___ |
| 4303 | If the zener diode in a zener regulator is connected with the ___ |
| 4304 | When the source voltage increases in a zener regulator, which of ___ |
| 4305 | If the load resistance increases in ___ |
| 4306 | The load voltage is approximately constant when ___ |
| 4307 | In the second approximation, the total voltage across the zener diode is ___ |
| 4308 | If the series resistance increases in an unloaded ___ |
| 4309 | The voltage across the zener resistance is ___ |
| 4310 | Which of following is not an essential element of a DC power supply? |
| 4311 | Which of following is the point of reference JFET? |
| 4312 | In a JFET, the primary control on drain electric current is ___ |
| 4313 | When a reverse bias is applied to gate of JFET the depletion region width ___ |
| 4314 | Pinch-off voltage in a JFET is ___ |
| 4315 | In a JFET, if the gate voltage Vgs is ___ |
| 4316 | For a JEFT, when VDS is increased beyond the pinch-off ___ |
| 4317 | A JFET can operate in ___ |
| 4318 | When the drain saturation electric current is less than ___ |
| 4319 | A JFET has disadvantage of ___ |
| 4320 | The common-source JFET amplifier has ___ |
| 4321 | When the JFET is no longer able to control the current, this point is ___ |
| 4322 | When VGS = 0 V, a JFET is ___ |
| 4323 | How will electrons flow through a p-channel JFET? |
| 4324 | What is the input impedance of a common-gate configured JFET? |
| 4325 | In the constant-current region, how will the IDS change in an n-channel JFET? |
| 4326 | A U shaped, opposite-polarity material built near a JFET-channel center is ___ |
| 4327 | Junction field effect transistors (JFET) contain how many diodes? |
| 4328 | Field effect transistor (FET) operates on ___ |
| 4329 | When a reverse bias is applied to a diode, it will ___ |
| 4330 | Avalanche breakdown in a diode occurs when ___ |
| 4331 | Under normal reverse bias voltage applied to diode, the reverse electric current in ___ |
| 4332 | When the diode is forward biased, it is ___ |
| 4333 | The knee voltage (cut in voltage) of silicon diode ___ |
| 4334 | The arrow direction in diode symbol indicates ___ |
| 4335 | The diffusion capacitance of a forward biased P+N junction diode with ___ |
| 4336 | The junction capacitance of linearly graded junction varies with ___ |
| 4337 | The leakage electric current of a pn junction is caused by ___ |
| 4338 | The transition capacitance of a reverse biased pn junction having ___ |
| 4339 | The reverse saturation electric current of a pn junction varies with ___ |
| 4340 | For a reverse biased pn junction, the electric current through ___ |
| 4341 | A silicon pn junction in forward condition has ___ |
| 4342 | The depletion region with in a pn junction is ___ |
| 4343 | The depletion region of a pn junction is one, that is depleted of ___ |
| 4344 | When the pn junction is forward biased the sequence of ___ |
| 4345 | The per unit impedance of a synchorous machine is ___ |
| 4346 | Common emitter current gain hFE of ___ |
| 4347 | Secondary breakdown occures in ___ |
| 4348 | MOSFET requires ___ |
| 4349 | Peak inverse voltage (PIV) can be termed as ___ |
| 4350 | The softness factor for soft recovery and fast recovery diodes are ___ |
| 4351 | Reverse recovery current in a diode depends upon ___ |
| 4352 | For a diode, reverse recovery time is defined as the time between ___ |
| 4353 | Single phase, 230 V, 1 KW heater is connected across ___ |
| 4354 | A schottky device is ___ |
| 4355 | The trapped energy of an inductive load can be feed back to ___ |
| 4356 | Depending upon the switching recovery time and ___ |
| 4357 | A semiconductor diode is ___ |
| 4358 | Semiconductor Diode is used as ___ |
| 4359 | When pn junction is reverse biased ___ |
| 4360 | For Germanium pn junction, the maximum value of ___ |
| 4361 | Semiconductor material is ___ |
| 4362 | Acceptor type impurities ___ |
| 4363 | The room temperature resistivity of pure silicon is ___ |
| 4364 | Which of the following does not obey the Ohm’s law? |
| 4365 | Electron mobility is defined as ___ |
| 4366 | The resistance of pn junction when it is forward biased in ___ |
| 4367 | Conduction electrons have more mobility than holes because ___ |
| 4368 | The majority carrier in P-type extrinsic semiconductor material is ___ |
| 4369 | The amount of time between the creation and disappearance of ___ |
| 4370 | Which of the following is Pentavalent impurity? |
| 4371 | When Semiconductor materials is heated its ___ |
| 4372 | N-type extrinsic semiconductor is obtained by ___ |
| 4373 | The forbidden energy gap between valance band and conduction band in ___ |
| 4374 | A semiconductor material is formed by ___ |
| 4375 | A pn junction/Diode is ___ |
| 4376 | The leakage current in a pn junction is in ___ |
| 4377 | The most commonly used semiconductor is ___ |
| 4378 | A Semiconductor has a ___ |
| 4379 | Which is the pair of acceptor elements? |
| 4380 | Why holes are not created in a metal? |
| 4381 | Why is silicon preferred than germanium? |
| 4382 | Energy gap of semiconductor is ___ |
| 4383 | Energy gap of conductor is ___ |
| 4384 | Germanium has ___ |
| 4385 | Silicon has ___ |
| 4386 | What will happen if doping of an intrinsic semiconductor with pentavalent impurity atom? |
| 4387 | What is the majority carriers of P type material? |
| 4388 | Which of the following is trivalent impurity? |
| 4389 | How will be the extrinsic semiconductor act at room temperature? |
| 4390 | Which of the following is the pentavalent material? |
| 4391 | In a N-type semiconductor material holes are ___ |
| 4392 | What will be the result if pentavalent impurity is added to pure germanium or silicon? |
| 4393 | Which impurity is added into to increase its conductivity? |
| 4394 | Which process is used for adding impurity into a pure semiconductor material? |
| 4395 | In a N-type semiconductor material electrons are ___ |
| 4396 | Class B amplifier is biased ___ |
| 4397 | What is the range of energy band gap of semiconductors? |
| 4398 | Assume that diode D1, D2 in figure are ___ |
| 4399 | In a RC phase shift oscillator, the minimum number of R-C networks to be ___ |
| 4400 | When were the first solid state devices manufactured? |
| 4401 | What is an energy gap? |
| 4402 | What is mean by the outermost orbit of an atom? |
| 4403 | Which is the factor on which total number of electrons in an atom depends? |
| 4404 | If temperature increases then conductivity of a semiconductor is ___ |
| 4405 | What is the condition if no external potential energy is applied to the PN junction then diode? |
| 4406 | When P-type substance is connected with positive and N-type is ___ |
| 4407 | When will be the P-N junction is formed? |
| 4408 | What will be the Potential barrier for Ge Diode? |
| 4409 | The number of orbiting electrons in germanium atom are ___ |
| 4410 | Which is the conversion of current done by diode ?el |
| 4411 | What will be the Potential barrier for Si Diode? |
| 4412 | The number of valence electrons in silicon atom are ___ |
| 4413 | How many terminal are present in diode device? |
| 4414 | Which types of device is the diode? |
| 4415 | Which is the third region where no charge carriers are present when ___ |
| 4416 | Which are the ways to convert an alternating current into a direct current? |
| 4417 | What is the majority carriers in “N” type material? |
| 4418 | When P-type substance is connected with negative and n-type is ___ |
| 4419 | Diode is also called as ___ |
| 4420 | Which are the mobile charge carriers present in semiconductor diode? |
| 4421 | When a junction diode is Forward Biased the thickness of ___e |
| 4422 | What is the charge of mobile charge carriers of holes? |
| 4423 | When a junction diode is Reverse Biased then diode acts like ___ |
| 4424 | A Schottky diode is ___ |
| 4425 | A LED produces light when ___ |
| 4426 | Which of the following is a semiconductors material? |
| 4427 | Which material behave like perfect insulators at low temperatures & conductor at higher temperature? |
| 4428 | Which of the following cannot actually move? |
| 4429 | The conduction loss verses device current characteristics of ___ |
| 4430 | A 3-phase diode bridge rectifier is fed from ___ |
| 4431 | A zener diode voltage regulator has load requirement of ___ |
| 4432 | Darlington connection is achieved in 2 transistors by ___ |
| 4433 | In n type semiconductor elements of which group of periodic table is ___ |
| 4434 | An Op-Amp comparator circuit employs ___ |
| 4435 | The majority carriers in the emitter of ___ |
| 4436 | In a rectifier circuit, the diode converts ___ |
| 4437 | Binary Logic is mainly based on arithmetic operation and ___ |
| 4438 | Base of a number system is also known as ___ |
| 4439 | Base-10 system is also called as ___ |
| 4440 | Acceptors impurities are of ___ |
| 4441 | Example of donor atom is ___ |
| 4442 | Donors to a semiconductor material is ___ |
| 4443 | Doping in a semiconductor increases ___ |
| 4444 | A 555 IC is used to produce ___ |
| 4445 | Depletion region of a p-n junction is ___ |
| 4446 | A diode (p-n junction) when reverse biased act as ___ |
| 4447 | Silicon and Germanium are ___ |
| 4448 | Electrons in p-type material of a semi-conductor are ___ |
| 4449 | A working diode must have ___ |
| 4450 | A diode (P-N junction) has two ___ |
| 4451 | The expression for frequency of oscillations of ___ |
| 4452 | Which of the following oscillators are used for ___ |
| 4453 | LC oscillators are used for produce a waveform with ___ |
| 4454 | The Barkhausen criterion for ___ |
| 4455 | The following are the necessary requirements of ___ |
| 4456 | Feedback circuit in an oscillator can be ___ |
| 4457 | Relaxation Voltage controlled oscillators are used to ___ |
| 4458 | One of the following is the primary function of ___ |
| 4459 | Voltage controlled oscillators are used commonly in ___ |
| 4460 | Which of the following is not a sinusoidal oscillator? |
| 4461 | Which oscillators are easy to fabricate in a monolithic IC? |
| 4462 | A quartz crystal oscillator consists of ___ |
| 4463 | Colpitts oscillator is also called as ___ |
| 4464 | For audio frequency applications, the popular oscillator used ___ |
| 4465 | The feedback factor of a Wien bridge oscillator using ___p |
| 4466 | In electronic communications, “AM” stands for ___ |
| 4467 | Speed of data transmission in 4-G network of ___ |
| 4468 | Purely mechanical instrument cannot be used for ___ |
| 4469 | FM stands for ___ |
| 4470 | In the design of a distributor which of the following is the major consideration? |
| 4471 | Which of the following test on a transformer provides information about ___ |
| 4472 | For minimum weight of a transformer, the weight of ___ |
| 4473 | A transformer, as compared to an amplifier, cannot increase ___ |
| 4474 | As per the name plate of a transformer, the secondary normal ___ |
| 4475 | Part of the transformer which is most subject to damage from ___ |
| 4476 | Which of the following loss in a transformer is zero even at full load? |
| 4477 | The function of breather in a transformer is ___ |
| 4478 | Iron loss of a transformer can be ___ |
| 4479 | During short-circuit test iron losses are negligible because ___ |
| 4480 | Helical coils can be used ___ |
| 4481 | Buchholz’s relay gives warning and protection ___ |
| 4482 | In a transformer the resistance between its primary and ___ |
| 4483 | The chemical used in breather is ___ |
| 4484 | The purpose of providing iron core in a step-up transformer is ___ |
| 4485 | In a transformer routine efficiency depends ___ |
| 4486 | In the transformer following winding has got more ___ |
| 4487 | No-load on a transformer is carried out to ___ |
| 4488 | Delta-delta power transformer is protected by current transformer having ___ |
| 4489 | In a transformer, if the magnitude of magnetizing current is ___ |
| 4490 | While rising and while falling, if a wave is symmetrical, it ___ |
| 4491 | While performing a short-circuit test on a transformer, usually ___ |
| 4492 | The magnetizing current, for sinusoidal voltage applied, will be ___ |
| 4493 | In a transformer on no-load, the ___ |
| 4494 | Which of the following is not a fitting on a transformer? |
| 4495 | Which of the following transformers is smallest? |
| 4496 | Buchhalz’s relay is used in ___ |
| 4497 | Which of the following methods is used for cooling of transformers upto a capacity of 10 MVA? |
| 4498 | The colour of fresh dielectric oil for ___ |
| 4499 | In a power transformer the efficiency should be ___ |
| 4500 | Pick the correct statement from the following? |
| 4501 | In an ideal transformer, on no-load, the primary voltage is ___ |
| 4502 | The voltage transformation ratio of a transformer is ___ |
| 4503 | The noise produced by a transformer is ___ |
| 4504 | The secondary of a current transformer is always short-circuited under ___ |
| 4505 | A transformer can have regulation closer to ___ |
| 4506 | Negative voltage regulation is indicative that the load is ___ |
| 4507 | Which of the following is the main advantage of an auto-transformer over a two winding transformer? |
| 4508 | A transformer can have zero voltage regulation at ___ |
| 4509 | Delta/star transformer works satisfactorily when ___ |
| 4510 | The highest voltage for transmitting electrical power in ___ |
| 4511 | Greater the secondary leakage flux ___ |
| 4512 | The no load current in a transformer lags behind the applied voltage by ___ |
| 4513 | While conducting short-circuit test on a transformer the following ___ |
| 4514 | The path of a magnetic flux in a transformer should have ___ |
| 4515 | Which of the following 3-phase connections of transformer create ___ |
| 4516 | When 240 V D.C. supply is given to an ___ |
| 4517 | For given effective applied voltage of ___ |
| 4518 | The type of load for which the voltage regulation of a transformer is ___ |
| 4519 | Leakage fluxes of a transformer may be ___ |
| 4520 | Which of the following parts of a transformer is likely to suffer maximum damage due to ___ |
| 4521 | The principle of working of a transformer is ___ |
| 4522 | In high frequency transformer ferrite cores are used because ___ |
| 4523 | A current transformer is ___ |
| 4524 | As the supply frequency of a transformer increases its ___ |
| 4525 | Oil impregnated paper condenser bushing is generally used on ___ |
| 4526 | Helical coils are very well suited for ___ |
| 4527 | A transformer is used to change the value of ___ |
| 4528 | In a transformer, electric power is transferred from one coil to ___ |
| 4529 | A no-load test is performed on a transformer to ___ |
| 4530 | Which of the following parts of a transformer is visible from outside? |
| 4531 | Which of the following statements regarding an ideal single-phase transformer having a ___ |
| 4532 | A shell-type transformer has ___ |
| 4533 | For the parallel operation of single phase transformers it is ___ |
| 4534 | If the supply frequency to the transformer is ___ |
| 4535 | Power transformers are generally designed to ___ |
| 4536 | Which of the following is not a routine test on transformers? |
| 4537 | Star/star transformers work satisfactorily when ___ |
| 4538 | The function of conservator in ___ |
| 4539 | The use of higher flux density in ___ |
| 4540 | Spacers are provided between ___ |
| 4541 | A common method of cooling a ___ |
| 4542 | Which of the following is not a part of transformer installation? |
| 4543 | The no-load current drawn by transformer is usually what per cent of the full-load current? |
| 4544 | The function of an instrument transformer is ___ |
| 4545 | The purpose of performing Sumpner’s test is mainly to ___ |
| 4546 | The saving in copper achieved by converting two winding ___ |
| 4547 | In a transformer the magnitude of ___ |
| 4548 | When a 440/220 V transformer is connected to ___ |
| 4549 | Most widely used insulating and cooling transformer liquid is ___ |
| 4550 | For transformers upto a capacity of ___ |
| 4551 | If a transformer core is made of copper and coils are made up of ___ |
| 4552 | Which of the following materials is suitable for the manufacture of ___ |
| 4553 | The short-circuit voltage of a transformer mainly depends on ___ |
| 4554 | An open-circuit test on a transformer is conducted primarily to ___ |
| 4555 | Which of the following insulating materials can withstand the highest temperature safely? |
| 4556 | In a given transformer for a given applied voltage, losses which remain ___ |
| 4557 | Short circuit test on transformers is conducted to ___ |
| 4558 | An ideal transformer will have maximum efficiency at ___ |
| 4559 | Which winding of the transformer has less cross-sectional area? |
| 4560 | Noise level test in a transformer is ___ |
| 4561 | Which of the following property is not necessarily desirable in the material for transformer core? |
| 4562 | The thickness of laminations used in a transformer is ___ |
| 4563 | In a transformer the tappings are generally provided on ___ |
| 4564 | No-load current of a transformer has ___ |
| 4565 | In a given transformer for given applied voltage, losses which ___ |
| 4566 | The purpose of providing an iron core in a transformer is ___ |
| 4567 | The degree of mechanical vibrations produced by the laminations of ___ |
| 4568 | Scott connections are used to ___ |
| 4569 | While performing back-to-back test, the amount of ___ |
| 4570 | Transformer for constant voltage applications is ___ |
| 4571 | For parallel operation of two single phase transformers the ___ |
| 4572 | A tap changer is used on ___ |
| 4573 | What is the typical use of an autotransformer? |
| 4574 | In a three-phase delta transformer, one of ___ |
| 4575 | A transformer designed for installation in a tropical country if ___ |
| 4576 | In a transformer overcurrents affect ___ |
| 4577 | Harmonic currents in a ___ |
| 4578 | The distribution transformers are designed to keep the ___ |
| 4579 | The efficiencies of transformers compared with that of ___ |
| 4580 | The efficiency of a transformer, under heavy loads, is ___ |
| 4581 | Losses which occur in rotating electric machines and do not ___ |
| 4582 | Open circuit test on transformers is conducted to ___ |
| 4583 | In an actual transformer the iron loss remains practically constant from ___ |
| 4584 | Silicon steel used in laminations mainly ___ |
| 4585 | The path of the magnetic flux in ___ |
| 4586 | Distribution transformers are generally designed for ___ |
| 4587 | Material used for construction of transformer core is ___ |
| 4588 | If the percentage impedances of the two transformers working in ___ |
| 4589 | Transformer breaths in ___ |
| 4590 | Efficiency of a power transformer is of the order of |
| 4591 | No-load current in ___ |
| 4592 | A transformer core is ___ |
| 4593 | When a delta connected primary of a 3-phase transformer is ___ |
| 4594 | All day efficiency is the ratio of output to ___ |
| 4595 | The rating of a transformer is given in kVA instead of ___ |
| 4596 | Transformer rating are usually expressed in ___ |
| 4597 | When two single phase transformers are running in parallel and ___ |
| 4598 | The advantage of putting tappings at the phase ends of ___ |
| 4599 | The place of transformer installation is ___ |
| 4600 | In Scott connections the main transformer has ___ |
| 4601 | Simple porcelain bushings are used for ___ |
| 4602 | In case of transformers using cold rolled grain oriented steel, the area of ___ |
| 4603 | In a step-down transformer, there is a change of ___ |
| 4604 | The maximum load that a power transformer can carry is ___ |
| 4605 | Which of the following acts as a protection against high voltage surges due to lightning and switching? |
| 4606 | World-class manufacturing qualities? |
| 4607 | For given applied voltage, with the increase in frequency of ___ |
| 4608 | During open circuit test of ___ |
| 4609 | When a given transformer is run at its rated voltage but ___ |
| 4610 | The value of flux involved in the e.m.f. equation of a transformer is ___ |
| 4611 | The main reason for generation of harmonics in ___ |
| 4612 | Hysteresis loss in a transformer varies as ___ |
| 4613 | What will happen if the transformers working in parallel are not connected with regard to polarity? |
| 4614 | The maximum efficiency of a distribution transformer is ___ |
| 4615 | Which winding in a transformer has more number of turns? |
| 4616 | The efficiency of a transformer will be ___ |
| 4617 | In a transformer minimum voltage regulation occurs when the ___ |
| 4618 | Current transformers for meters and ___ |
| 4619 | Increase in secondary current of a transformer brings about increase in ___ |
| 4620 | The output current corresponding to the maximum efficiency for ___ |
| 4621 | Burden of a current transformer is usually expressed in ___ |
| 4622 | The yoke sections of transformers using hot-rolled laminations is ___ |
| 4623 | The humming sound in a transformer is ___ |
| 4624 | Spiral core transformer which has core made up of steel strip has ___ |
| 4625 | Which value of flux is involved in the e.m.f. equation of the transformer? |
| 4626 | Which of the following insulating materials is used in power transformers? |
| 4627 | In some transformers, the tappings are ___ |
| 4628 | Minimum voltage regulation occurs when the power factor of ___ |
| 4629 | The hum in a transformer is ___ |
| 4630 | Which of the following protection is normally not provided on small distribution transformers? |
| 4631 | In a power or distribution transformer about 10 percent end turns are ___ |
| 4632 | Natural air cooling is generally restricted for ___ |
| 4633 | Which type of winding is used in 3- phase shell-type transformer? |
| 4634 | An ideal transformer is ___ |
| 4635 | The full-load copper loss of a transformer is ___ |
| 4636 | Which of the following properties is not necessarily desirable for the material for transformer core? |
| 4637 | Gas is usually not liberated due to dissociation of ___ |
| 4638 | The noise resulting from vibrations of laminations set by ___ |
| 4639 | If R2 is the resistance of secondary winding of ___ |
| 4640 | Power transformers are designed to ___ |
| 4641 | Primary winding of a ___ |
| 4642 | The permissible flux density in case of cold rolled grain oriented steel is ___ |
| 4643 | Which of the following does not change in a transformer? |
| 4644 | In a transformer maximum voltage regulation occurs when ___ |
| 4645 | Which of the following statement concerning parallel operation of transformers is incorrect? |
| 4646 | Dust should never be allowed to accumulate on the windings and ___ |
| 4647 | The transformation ratio of a transformer, for ___ |
| 4648 | Which of the following can be reduced when the flux density in the transformer core is increased? |
| 4649 | Buchholz relay is used in ___ |
| 4650 | In core-type transformers, the concentric windings are ___ |
| 4651 | A sinusoidal e.m.f ___ |
| 4652 | A distribution transformer has low flux density because ___ |
| 4653 | The kVA rating ratio of transformers operating in parallel, as ___ |
| 4654 | H.R.C. fuses on a transformer provide protection against ___ |
| 4655 | Which of the following: statements about a transformer having ___ |
| 4656 | A transformer is working at its full load and its efficiency is ___ |
| 4657 | Auto-transformer makes effective saving on copper and ___ |
| 4658 | If a transformer is continuously operated the maximum temperature rise will ___ |
| 4659 | For a transformer, operating at constant load current, maximum efficiency will ___ |
| 4660 | Reduction in core losses and increase in permeability are ___ |
| 4661 | The size of a transformer core will ___ |
| 4662 | The transformer laminations are insulated from ___ |
| 4663 | The changes in volume of transformer cooling oil due to variation of ___ |
| 4664 | Which of the following does not change in an ordinary transformer? |
| 4665 | A Buchholz relay can be ___ |
| 4666 | For a 1.8°, 2-phase bipolar stepper motor, the stepping rate is ___ |
| 4667 | Which of the following methods are suitable for the speed control of squirrel cage induction motors? |
| 4668 | For starting 3-phase squirrel cage induction motors reactors are ___ |
| 4669 | A Cascade method of speed control involves the use of ___ |
| 4670 | The power factor of a power transformer on no load will be ___ |
| 4671 | A stepper motor is ___ |
| 4672 | The starting current and torque of three phase induction motor on ___ |
| 4673 | Induction motors, when directly switched on across their ___ |
| 4674 | A wound rotor induction motor runs with a ___ |
| 4675 | A single-phase transformer when supplied from 220 V, 50 Hz has ___ |
| 4676 | AC servomotor has the drawback of ___ |
| 4677 | ___ starter is used for starting a 3-phase induction motor that needs frequent starting |
| 4678 | With the increase in supply frequency ___ |
| 4679 | While operating on variable frequency supplies, the ac motor requires variable voltage as well in order to ___ |
| 4680 | When voltage is transformed from primary to secondary then it is ___ |
| 4681 | Which of the following types of motors are not the induction motors? |
| 4682 | Which of the following induction motors will operate on the lowest value of ___ |
| 4683 | If one of the 3-phases of supply to an induction motor fails may be due to ___ |
| 4684 | The speed regulation of a 3-phase induction motor at full load is ___ |
| 4685 | The two windings of a ___ |
| 4686 | Decrease in supply voltage to a 3 phase induction motor will ___ |
| 4687 | Which of the following ac motor is widely used? |
| 4688 | For slip-ring induction motors, rotor resistance starting is ___ |
| 4689 | The most advantageous number of anodes for a mercury arc rectifier is ___ |
| 4690 | Ceiling fan is ___ |
| 4691 | A slip-ring induction motor is recommended for ___ |
| 4692 | Squirrel cage induction motors have the advantages of ____ |
| 4693 | With DOL start of an induction motor the heating during acceleration of ___ |
| 4694 | The voltage drop at anode in a mercury arc rectifier is ___ |
| 4695 | The rotor of a hysteresis motor is ___ |
| 4696 | In double cage induction motor the inner cage has ___ |
| 4697 | In a 3-phase induction motor, the nether of slots on stator is ___ |
| 4698 | If a 3-phase 350V, 50Hz, 1440 rpm induction motor is ___ |
| 4699 | A single phase transformer has primary to secondary turns ratio of ___ |
| 4700 | In a repulsion motor speed control is affected by varying the ___ |
| 4701 | Increase in length of air gap in an induction motor causes ___ |
| 4702 | If two induction motors A and B are identical except that the airgap of ___ |
| 4703 | An induction motor is fed from a balanced three phase supply at ___ |
| 4704 | In a motor-convertor, induction machine acts as ___ |
| 4705 | In a repulsion motor, commutator provides a means of ___ |
| 4706 | In an induction motor, when the number of stator slots is equal to ___ |
| 4707 | The crawling in the induction motor is caused by ___ |
| 4708 | Slip-ring motors have the disadvantages of ___ |
| 4709 | A stepping motor has four concentric coils on its ___ |
| 4710 | Under no load operating condition, the speed of a universal motor is ___ |
| 4711 | An induction motor is said to be crawling when ___ |
| 4712 | If the rotor power factor of a 3-phase induction motor is ___ |
| 4713 | The deep-bar rotors or double cage rotors are employed to ___ |
| 4714 | The rotor of a stepper motor has ___ |
| 4715 | For improvement of commutation in ac series motors shunted commutating poles are ___ |
| 4716 | The power scale of circle diagram of an induction motor is determined from ___ |
| 4717 | Short-circuit test is performed on an induction motor to ___ |
| 4718 | Jogging of an induction motor is ___ |
| 4719 | Which one of the following statements is not true for anac servomotor? |
| 4720 | AC series motors in comparison to ___ |
| 4721 | Open-circuit test is usually conducted on ___ |
| 4722 | In a 3-phase induction motor when the load is increased from ___ |
| 4723 | ”Cogging” in induction motor occurs when ___ |
| 4724 | Which of the following motors is relatively free from mechanical and ___ |
| 4725 | The correct sequence of these in the ascending order of magnitude of ___ |
| 4726 | The equivalent circuit per phase of a three phase transformer is similar to that of ___ |
| 4727 | The synchronous watt is ___ |
| 4728 | Which of the following types of ac motors are synchronous type? |
| 4729 | In a shaded-pole motor, shading coils are used to ___ |
| 4730 | Rotor input of a three phase induction motor is equal to ___ |
| 4731 | The presence of a dominant 7th harmonic in the winding distribution of a 3-phase, 6-pole, 50Hz induction motor may ___ |
| 4732 | If the centrifugal switch fails to open when the motor attains ___ |
| 4733 | Two capacitor type single phase induction motor is generally coupled with the ___ |
| 4734 | With the increase in load on a squirrel cage induction motor ___ |
| 4735 | The torque-slip characteristic of an induction motor is approximately a/an |
| 4736 | A Circle diagram of an induction motor can be ___ |
| 4737 | The electric motor generally used in household food mixers is ___ |
| 4738 | A capacitor start induction motor is switched on to supply with its ___ |
| 4739 | The supply voltage to an induction motor is reduced by ___ |
| 4740 | In a 3-phase induction motor, the torque developed is maximum when the ___ |
| 4741 | A hysteresis motor ___ |
| 4742 | For a single phase capacitor start induction motor which of the following statements is valid? |
| 4743 | When the applied voltage per phase is reduced to one-half, the starting torque of a ___ |
| 4744 | For achieving high starting torque and high operation efficiency an ___ |
| 4745 | Reluctance motor ___ |
| 4746 | Why is a centrifugal switch used in a single-phase induction motor? |
| 4747 | Insertion of resistance in the rotor circuit of an induction motor to ___ |
| 4748 | In a repulsion induction motor, the rotor has ___ |
| 4749 | Which of the following tests are performed on single phase ac motors? |
| 4750 | A 3-phase star-connected induction motor is connected to ___ |
| 4751 | A centre zero ammeter connected in the rotor circuit of a ___ |
| 4752 | In a compensated repulsion motor, an additional stator winding is ___ |
| 4753 | A 230 V, 50 Hz, 4 pole, single-phase induction motor is rotating in the ___ |
| 4754 | What is the operating slip of a 400 V, 50 Hz, 6-pole, 3-phase induction motor, while ___ |
| 4755 | In case of a high speed universal motor ___ |
| 4756 | A 3-phase induction motor is fed from a balanced 3-phase supply on the ___ |
| 4757 | The 3-phase induction motor with rotor circuit open will ___ |
| 4758 | Synchronous speed is defined as the speed at ___ |
| 4759 | Which of the following statements associated with universal motor is incorrect? |
| 4760 | Synchronous-induction motors ___ |
| 4761 | The rotor slots are slightly skewed in squirrel-cage induction motor to ___ |
| 4762 | Stator flux induces emf in the rotor bars ___ |
| 4763 | Which of the following statements associated with an ae series motor is/are incorrect? |
| 4764 | The insulating materials employed for motor windings are classified according to ___ |
| 4765 | Uneven gap in an induction motor is likely to cause ___ |
| 4766 | For induction motors normally ___ |
| 4767 | A dc shunt motor does not operate on ac due to ___ |
| 4768 | During plugging of an induction motor ___ |
| 4769 | Induction motors normally use diecast aluminium rotor because aluminium is ___ |
| 4770 | In a 3-phase slip-ring induction motor, brushes are connected to ___ |
| 4771 | Which of the following statements associated with shaded pole induction motor is incorrect? |
| 4772 | A voltage source inverter is used to control the speed of a ___ |
| 4773 | The polyphase induction motors are, by a very considerable margin, the most ___ |
| 4774 | The induction motor shaft should be ___ |
| 4775 | In comparison to resistance start induction motor the ___ |
| 4776 | For the applications requiring speed ratio other than ___ |
| 4777 | An infinite bus-bar has ___ |
| 4778 | A loss-less cylindrical rotor synchronous generator is floating on the system bus-bar after ___ |
| 4779 | If the capacitor of a capacitor start induction motor fails to open when it picks up ___ |
| 4780 | Synchronous speed of an induction motor can be increased by ___ |
| 4781 | If the voltage of one of the two machines operating in ___ |
| 4782 | A salient-pole synchronous generator connected to an infinite bus will deliver ___ |
| 4783 | A capacitor selected for capacitor-start induction motor should be ___ |
| 4784 | A starting torque of 80 Nm is developed in an induction motor by ___ |
| 4785 | Which of the following conditions are to be satisfied for proper synchronization of alternators? |
| 4786 | Two generators rated 200 MW and 400 MW having governor droop characteristics ___ |
| 4787 | The torque-speed characteristic of two phase induction motor is ___ |
| 4788 | A squirrel cage induction motor having a rated slip of 2% on ___ |
| 4789 | The negative phase sequence in a 3-phase synchronous motor exists when ___ |
| 4790 | Two alternators are operating in parallel. For taking one of the alternators out from ___ |
| 4791 | The two windings provided on the stator of a single phase induction motor, one ___ |
| 4792 | The starting current of a 3-phase induction motor is about ___ |
| 4793 | When a salient pole 3-phase synchronous motor is started by ___ |
| 4794 | Synchronous motors are not used ___ |
| 4795 | A rotating magnetic field is produced by cunent in two windings displaced by ___ |
| 4796 | A squirrel cage induction motor having a rated slip of 4% of fullload has a ___ |
| 4797 | In a synchronous motor hunting can be reduced to ___ |
| 4798 | The efficiency of a properly designed synchronous machine is of ___ |
| 4799 | The rotor slots in an induction motor are, usually not kept parallel to ___ |
| 4800 | Unbalanced 3-phase voltage supply to an induction motor causes excessive heating of ___ |
| 4801 | Synchronous capacitor is ___ |
| 4802 | If the field winding of a synchronous motor is short circuited and the motor stator is ___ |
| 4803 | The motor that requires the most complicated arrangement for ___ |
| 4804 | The advantage of the double squirrel-cage induction motor over ___ |
| 4805 | Armature reaction in a synchronous motor at rated voltage and ___ |
| 4806 | The synchronous motor can be started by ___ |
| 4807 | Linear induction motor is used in ___ |
| 4808 | In an induction motor, skewing of rotor bars reduces ___ |
| 4809 | Variation in dc excitation of a synchronous motor causes ___ |
| 4810 | The phenomenon of oscillation of the rotor of a synchronous motor about its ___ |
| 4811 | A 3-phase induction motor runs at super synchronous speed ___ |
| 4812 | The 3-phase induction motor provided with open slots has ___ |
| 4813 | A smooth cylindrical synchronous motor will always stop when ___ |
| 4814 | In Scott-connections, the teaser transformer operates on 0.866 of ___ |
| 4815 | In a 3-phase induction motor, the regenerative braking occur when ___ |
| 4816 | The stator of a 6-pole, 3-phase induction motor is fed from a ___ |
| 4817 | Synchronizing power of a synchronous motor varies ___ |
| 4818 | Which motor can conveniently operate at lagging as well as leading power factor? |
| 4819 | Slip-changing method of speed control can be used in case of ___ |
| 4820 | Blocked rotor test of an induction motor corresponds, in case of ___ |
| 4821 | The coupling magnetic field reaction with ___ |
| 4822 | A salient pole synchronous motor continues running even if ___ |
| 4823 | In rotor resistance control method, ___ with the increase in speed |
| 4824 | If the load on an induction motor is increased from n load to full load, its ___ |
| 4825 | A 3-phase synchronous motor connected to an infinite bus is operating at ___ |
| 4826 | In ac motor control V/f is kept constant to ___ |
| 4827 | The power input to a 415 V, 50 Hz, 6 pole 3-phase induction motor running at 975 rpm is ___ |
| 4828 | When a balanced 3-phase distributed type armature winding is ___ |
| 4829 | The interaction torque in a synchronous motor depends upon ___ |
| 4830 | An induction motor can run at synchronous speed if it is ___ |
| 4831 | A three-phase squirrel cage induction motor has a starting torque of 150% and a ___ |
| 4832 | If the excitation of a 3-phase alternator operating on infinite bus bars is ___ |
| 4833 | The phase of emf induced in the armature of a ___ |
| 4834 | The starting torque of a 3-phase slip-ring induction motor can be ___ |
| 4835 | If the rotor circuit resistance is increased in an induction motor, the ___ |
| 4836 | When a 3-phase alternator is suddenly short-circuited at its ___ |
| 4837 | A 10 pole, 25 Hz alternator is directly coupled to and is ___ |
| 4838 | A 3-phase induction motor is started by direct-online (DOL) switching at the ___ |
| 4839 | In a 3-phase induction motor, the ___ |
| 4840 | The four methods of calculation of voltage regulation of a 3-phase alternator are ___ |
| 4841 | A synchronous machine is revolving armature and stationary field type ___ |
| 4842 | The following starting method for an induction motor is inferior from the point of ___ |
| 4843 | The torque developed in an induction motor is nearly proportional to ___ |
| 4844 | The zero power factor characteristic for the Potier diagram can be obtained by ___ |
| 4845 | The mmf produced by single phase winding is ___ |
| 4846 | A 3-phase. 480 V, 60 Hz induction motor is to be operated at ___ |
| 4847 | The direction of rotor current produced in an induction motor can be ___ |
| 4848 | The direct axis reactance ___ |
| 4849 | Single phase preventer ___ |
| 4850 | A 6-pole, 3-phase alternator running aI 1,000 rpm supplies to ___ |
| 4851 | In an alternator, short.circuÃt current is limited by the ___ |
| 4852 | Which is the value of load angle when the power output of a salient pole synchronous generator is maximum? |
| 4853 | Slip-ring induction motors have the advantages of ___ |
| 4854 | The mmf produced by the current of a ___ |
| 4855 | The armature reaction effect in a synchronous machine depends on ___ |
| 4856 | Which one of the following methods would give higher than actual value of ___ |
| 4857 | Motor A has shallow and wider ___ |
| 4858 | A three-phase 6 pole, 50 Hz, induction motor is running at ___ |
| 4859 | The rating of a synchronous machine is usually governed by its ___ |
| 4860 | The short-circuit characteristic of an alternator is ___ |
| 4861 | Which of the following statements regarding skewing of rotor bars in a squirrel cage induction motor are correct? |
| 4862 | Two of the supply terminals to a 3-phase induction motor get ___ |
| 4863 | The angle between induced emf and terminal voltage on no-load for a ___ |
| 4864 | Unbalanced 3-phase stator currents cause ___ |
| 4865 | The stator of a small (up to 5 hp) induction motor is ___ |
| 4866 | Skewing of rotor slots in a 3-phase induction motor (cage rotor) may ___ |
| 4867 | In a synchronous generator, a divided winding rotor is preferable to a ___ |
| 4868 | Drop in terminal voltage of an alternator due to armature reaction is ___ |
| 4869 | Cogging of induction motors occurs at ___ |
| 4870 | In an induction motor, if the air gap is ___ |
| 4871 | The short-pitch winding is preferred over full-pitch winding for ___ |
| 4872 | In a synchronous generator ___ |
| 4873 | An induction motor when started on load does not ___ |
| 4874 | The squirrel cage rotor of a 6-pole induction motor cm be used for ___ |
| 4875 | Two mechanically coupled alternators deliver power at ___ |
| 4876 | The rating of the prime mover driving an alternator is determined entirely by ___ |
| 4877 | In the circle diagram of an induction motor the diameter of ___ |
| 4878 | The stator frame in an induction motor is used to ___ |
| 4879 | Larger diameter salient pole rotors have shorter axial length because ___ |
| 4880 | EMF induced per phase in an alternator depends on ___ |
| 4881 | What is the shunt resistance component in equivalent circuit obtained by ___ |
| 4882 | A 3-phase, 11 kV, 5 MVA alternator has synchronous reactance of ___ |
| 4883 | The open slots are more commonly used in the stator of a ___ |
| 4884 | Distributed winding and short chording employed in ___ |
| 4885 | The power factor of an induction motor at full load is likely to be ___ |
| 4886 | The electrical stiffness of a synchronous generator connected to a very large grid can be ___ |
| 4887 | In modern alternators, the rotating part is ___ |
| 4888 | The armature winding of a 2-pole, 3-phase alternator for each phase is ___ |
| 4889 | .A 400 V. 50 Hz, 30 hp three-phase induction motor is drawing 50 A current at ___ |
| 4890 | What are the conditions to be satisfied for alternator to be ___ |
| 4891 | If the drying out operation of a transformer is unduly shortened and ___ |
| 4892 | Concentrated winding has ___ |
| 4893 | The losses that occur in an induction motor are ___ |
| 4894 | A synchronous motor may fail to pull into synchronism owing to ___ |
| 4895 | The output voltage can be varied by a variac transformer over a ___ |
| 4896 | In cylindrical rotor ___ portion of rotor is wound |
| 4897 | The torque-slip characteristic of a polyphase induction motor becomes almost linear at small values of ___ |
| 4898 | While starting a 3-phase synchronous motor by ___ |
| 4899 | The salient pole rotors have ___ |
| 4900 | An induction motor has a rotor resistance of ___ |
| 4901 | In a synchronous machine, damper windings are used to ___ |
| 4902 | A two-winding 220 V/110 V, 1.5 kVA transformer is reconnected as a ___ |
| 4903 | The stater core of a synchronous machine is built up of ___ |
| 4904 | Synchronous condensers, when operated at power factor ranging from ___ |
| 4905 | Auto transformer can do the ___ |
| 4906 | In a synchronous machine, if the field flux axis is ahead of the ___ |
| 4907 | In an induction motor the phase reactance is ___ |
| 4908 | A synchronous motor on load draws a current at a ___ |
| 4909 | Two transformers operating in parallel will share the load depending upon their ___ |
| 4910 | The excessive temperature rise will cause maximum damage to ___ |
| 4911 | The frequency of rotor currents at standstill is equal to ___ |
| 4912 | If the field of a synchronous motor is underexcited, the power factor will be ___ |
| 4913 | The harmonic currents in a power transformer does not cause increase in ___ |
| 4914 | The rated secondary voltage of 220 V for a transformer means the ___ |
| 4915 | A 6-pole, 50 Hz wound rotor induction motor when supplied at the ___ |
| 4916 | For a 3-phase, 4-pole, 50 Hz synchronous motor the frequency, pole number and ___ |
| 4917 | When one transformer is removed from a Δ-Δ bank of 30 kVA transformer, the ___ |
| 4918 | For on-load tap changing the best method is to ___ |
| 4919 | A balanced 3-phase induction motor runs at ___ |
| 4920 | A 3-phase synchronous motor will operate on ___ |
| 4921 | The resistance and reactance of a ___ |
| 4922 | The saving in copper achieved by converting ordinary two ___ |
| 4923 | The rotor of an induction motor rotates in the dïrection of the rotation of ___ |
| 4924 | The torque angle δ is defined as the space angle between ___ |
| 4925 | The winding used in a 3-phase shell type transformer is ___ |
| 4926 | Neglecting tosses, if the power transformed inductively is equal to power transformed conductively in ___ |
| 4927 | The principle of operation of a 3-phase induction motor is almost similar to that of ___ |
| 4928 | As the load is increased on a synchronous motor, its ___ |
| 4929 | SpiraI core transformer, in which core is made up of steel strip has the ___ |
| 4930 | Two 10 kV/440 V 1-phase transformers of ___ |
| 4931 | In an induction motor, the air gap flux density is usually kept low so as ___ |
| 4932 | In a 3-phase synchronous motor ___ |
| 4933 | Consider the following statements relating to the constructional features of a ___ |
| 4934 | If all other requirements for parallel operation of transformers are fulfilled, which ___ |
| 4935 | The rotor of a 3-phase wound rotor induction motor is provided with ___ |
| 4936 | Synchronous motors generally have ___ |
| 4937 | Major insulation in a transformer is the insulation between the ___ |
| 4938 | For the parallel operation of transformers, which of the following conditions must be satisfied? |
| 4939 | The stator core of a 3-phase induction motor is taminated in ___ |
| 4940 | An alternator with higher value of SCR has ___ |
| 4941 | The primary and secondary windings are interlaced for ___ |
| 4942 | In a transformer fed from a fundamental frequency voltage source, the source of ___ |
| 4943 | A large ac generator supplying power to an infinite bus, has a ___ |
| 4944 | In the measurement of ___ |
| 4945 | In order to reduce the hysteresis loss ___ |
| 4946 | Which of the following 3-phase connections of a transformer causes ___ |
| 4947 | A 3-phase synchronous generator with constant power input is ___ |
| 4948 | 3.A single-phase, 2,000 V alternator has armature resistance and reactance of ___ |
| 4949 | The size of the transformer core depends upon ___ |
| 4950 | Two similar synchronous generators are working in parallel to supply a ___ |
| 4951 | A leading pf load on an alternator implies that its voltage regulation shall be ___ |
| 4952 | The ail day efficiency of a distribution transformer will be high with low |
| 4953 | Natural air cooling is used for transformers of rating up to ___ |
| 4954 | While synchronising a 3-phase alternator to the busbar the ___ |
| 4955 | A 100 kVA. 41.5 V (line), star-connected synchronous machine generates rated ___ |
| 4956 | Transformer will operate at maximum efficiency when ___ |
| 4957 | With stepping in construction of transformer core ___ |
| 4958 | Which of the following is not the disadvantage of a synchronous motor? |
| 4959 | In an alternator, the armature mmf will be in phase with the ___ |
| 4960 | Short-circuit test is performed on a transformer with a ___ |
| 4961 | Which of the following statements associated with Buchholz relay is not TRUE? |
| 4962 | Electrical machines (ac) should have proper ___ |
| 4963 | The magnitude of leakage flux depends on ___ |
| 4964 | Which of the above tests are to be conducted for the determination of voltage regulation of a transformer? |
| 4965 | The core and windings of a transformer are put in a steel tank in ___ |
| 4966 | When a synchronous motor is started, the field winding is ___ |
| 4967 | The seventh space harmonics in the mmf produced by ___ |
| 4968 | The full-load copper loss and iron loss of a transformer are ___ |
| 4969 | When a transformer winding suffers a short circuit, the adjoining turns of ___ |
| 4970 | When a synchronous motor is running at synchronous speed, the ___ |
| 4971 | In a cylindrical rotor synchronous machine, the phasor addition of ___ |
| 4972 | If the percentage resistance of a power transformer for secondary side is ___ |
| 4973 | The degree of mechanical vibrations caused by core laminations in a ___ |
| 4974 | A 3-phase induction motor draws 1,000 kVA at a pf of ___ |
| 4975 | Harmonics in the emf generates in an alternator can be ___ |
| 4976 | The phasor diagram of a transformer on load can be drawn only ___ |
| 4977 | If the iron core of a transformer is replaced by an air core, then the ___ |
| 4978 | A synchronous motor with negligible armature resistance runs at a load angle of ___ |
| 4979 | Consider the following statements regarding the design of the ___ |
| 4980 | The core flux of a practical transformer with a ___ |
| 4981 | The use of higher flux density in the transformer design ___ |
| 4982 | A three-phase, salient pole synchronous motor is connected to an ___ |
| 4983 | The most appropriate operating speeds in rpm of generators used in ___ |
| 4984 | On no-load phasor diagram of transformer the core loss component of the ___ |
| 4985 | A single phase transformer has a maximum efficiency of 90% at ___ |
| 4986 | In a 3-phase synchronous motor, the magnitude of back emf set up in the ___ |
| 4987 | The number of poles on turbo-alternator is usually ___ |
| 4988 | The applied voltage of a certain transformer is increased by ___ |
| 4989 | The full-load copper loss and iron loss of a ___ |
| 4990 | The slip rings employed in a 3-phase synchronous machine are ___ |
| 4991 | The iron core in a transformer provides a ___ |
| 4992 | During short-circuit test, the core losses are ___ |
| 4993 | A synchronous motor is supplying a load at ___ |
| 4994 | Which one of the following is the primary reason for placing field on rotor in an alternator? |
| 4995 | Overlap in a mercury arc rectifier ___ |
| 4996 | The open-circuit test on a transformer gives ___ |
| 4997 | The total steady state torque to drive the synchronous motor and the load at ___ |
| 4998 | In a transformer when two or more dielectrics, having different permittivities are ___ |
| 4999 | Which one of the following voltage control methods does reduce the ___ |
| 5000 | In a power transformer, if in place of sinusoidal wave, a peaked wave voltage is ___ |
| 5001 | A synchronous motor is operating with ___ |
| 5002 | In a single phase induction regulator, the boost will be maximum when the ___ |
| 5003 | In a 12-phase double chord connection, voltage of each chord is ___ |
| 5004 | Positive voltage regulation is an indication of ___ |
| 5005 | The flux per pole in a synchronous motor with the field circuit ON and ___ |
| 5006 | High leakage reactance transformers are of ___ |
| 5007 | In a rotary convertor armature currents are ___ |
| 5008 | A transformer is supplying pure resistive ___ |
| 5009 | A two-winding transformer is converted into an ___ |
| 5010 | Switched reluctance motor means ___ |
| 5011 | At 50Hz operation, a single phase transformer has hysteresisloss of 200W and ___ |
| 5012 | A round rotor synchronous generator has a leakage reactance of ___ |
| 5013 | When two transformers of different kVA ratings are connected in parallel, they will ___ |
| 5014 | A linear servomotor must have ___ |
| 5015 | If the applied voltage to a transformer primary is increased by keeping the ___ |
| 5016 | Slip test is performed to determine ___ |
| 5017 | The magnetizing current in a transformer is rich in ___ |
| 5018 | Consider the following statements regarding ___ |
| 5019 | The flux created by the current flowing through the primary winding induces emf in ___ |
| 5020 | Armature reaction mmf and leakage reactance of a synchronous machine are ___ |
| 5021 | Scott-connections are used for ___ |
| 5022 | The stator and rotor pole number may be different in a ___ |
| 5023 | ___ depends upon loading in a mercury arc rectifier |
| 5024 | The leakage reactance of a three-phase alternator is determined by ___ |
| 5025 | A 3-phase transformer has rating of 20 MVA, 221) kV (star) -33 kV (delta) with ___ |
| 5026 | Starting or auxiliary winding of a single phase motor used in a refrigerator is ___ |
| 5027 | ___ method provides automatic and smooth voltage control over a wide range |
| 5028 | As the leading power factor of the load of an alternator decreases, the magnitude of ___ |
| 5029 | Transformers are rated in leVA instead of kW because ___ |
| 5030 | If a single phase motor fails to start but gives humming noise, this may be due to ___ |
| 5031 | The magnitude of each of the voltage phasors represented by the sides of a ___ |
| 5032 | A synchronous generator is feeding a zero power factor (lagging) load at ___ |
| 5033 | Distribution transformers are designed to have maximum efficiency nearly at ___ |
| 5034 | The main reason for using a hysteresis motor for high quality tape recorders and ___ |
| 5035 | The motor-convertor does not suffer from the drawback of ___ |
| 5036 | A 3-phase 50 MVA, 10 kV generator has reactance of 0.2 ohm per ___ |
| 5037 | Consider the following statements regarding transformers ___ |
| 5038 | Hysteresis motor is a ___ |
| 5039 | Stepper motors are widely used because of ___ |
| 5040 | A 500 MW 3-phase Y-connected synchrnous generator has a rated voltage of ___ |
| 5041 | In a transformer, an insulating material may fail due to ___ |
| 5042 | Single phase synchronous motors ___ |
| 5043 | For a given stepper motor, the following torque has the highest numerical value ___ |
| 5044 | The stator winding of an alternator is normally connected in star to ___ |
| 5045 | The concentric windings are used in core type transformers with ___ |
| 5046 | Which of the following statements regarding repulsion start induction motor is/are correct? |
| 5047 | If a conventional motor is used for servo applications, the system becomse ___ |
| 5048 | Theifnerated due to nth harmonic component of flux in an alternator will be ___ |
| 5049 | When are eddy-current losses in a transformer reduced? |
| 5050 | In a repulsion motor by shifting the ___ |
| 5051 | AC servomotor is basically a ___ |
| 5052 | Distributed winding is preferred over concentrated winding as it ___ |
| 5053 | What is the core loss in a high frequency ferrite core transformer used in SMPS power supply? |
| 5054 | In repulsion motor ___ |
| 5055 | Which single phase induction motor has the lowest speed? |
| 5056 | Armature winding is one in which ___ |
| 5057 | The transformer efficiency will be maximum at a power factor of ___ |
| 5058 | The speed of a universal motor is usually reduced by ___ |
| 5059 | Maximum transient currents flow through a transformer winding when it is ___ |
| 5060 | Which of the following statements about a phase advancer is incorrect? |
| 5061 | Which of the following statements regarding permanent capacitor motor is false? |
| 5062 | In Scott-connections, the teaser transformer operates on 0.866 of its ___ |
| 5063 | A 230 V dc series motor is connected to a ___ |
| 5064 | Possible three-to-three phase transformer connection for parallel operation is ___ |
| 5065 | In a grid control of mercury arc rectifier when grid is made positive relative to ___ |
| 5066 | A single phase induction motor is running at ___ |
| 5067 | The direction of rotation of a shaded pole ___ |
| 5068 | Which of the following statements regarding ratios of line voltages and ___ |
| 5069 | Which of the following statements about Schrage motor is incorrect? |
| 5070 | In a capacitor-start capacitor-run induction motor ___ |
| 5071 | The percentage resistance and percentage reactance of a ___ |
| 5072 | ___ motor is usually employed in motor-generator sets |
| 5073 | A 3-phase induction machine draws active power ‘P’ and reactive power Q from ___ |
| 5074 | The value of capacitor for a capacitor-start induction motor is ___ |
| 5075 | Two 3-limb, 3-phase delta-star connected transformers are supplied from the ___ |
| 5076 | The motor which can produce uniform torque from standstill to ___ |
| 5077 | In a self excited induction generator, to keep the frequency of generated voltage constant with ___ |
| 5078 | The direction of rotation of a split-phase induction motor can be reversed by ___ |
| 5079 | The distribution transformers are designed with ___ |
| 5080 | Ratio of the rotor reactance X to the rotor resistance ___ |
| 5081 | If an induction motor hums during starting up. the possible cause could be ___ |
| 5082 | In a single phase induction motor ___ |
| 5083 | For system voltages exceeding 66 kV, condenser bushings are ___ |
| 5084 | The drag cup rotor is employed in a two phase induction motor to give ___ |
| 5085 | In a slip power recovery scheme for a 3-phase induction motor, if slip power is ___ |
| 5086 | Field created by rotor currents is at right angle to the field created by ___ |
| 5087 | In a power transformer, the breather is provided in order to ___ |
| 5088 | Which of the following is not the induction motor? |
| 5089 | The method that gives continuous speed control of a slip-ring induction motor is ___ |
| 5090 | When a single phase induction motor is excited with single phase ac voltage, the ___ |
| 5091 | The colour of fresh dielectric oil used in transformers is ___ |
| 5092 | When a ceiling fan using a capacitor run motor is switched on, it ___ |
| 5093 | Line voltage control is used only with small squirrel cage motors driving fans and ___ |
| 5094 | Position synchros normally have ___ phase stator winding |
| 5095 | In a power transformer ___ |
| 5096 | A ceiling fan uses ___ |
| 5097 | The speed of a slip-ring three phase induction motor can he controlled from the ___ |
| 5098 | Increase in the length of air gap in an induction motor causes ___ |
| 5099 | Crawling of induction motor occurs due to ___ |
| 5100 | Circle diagram is employed to determine the performance of ___ |
| 5101 | When the induction motor is stand still the ___ |
| 5102 | The power factor of the 3 phase induction motor will be ___ |
| 5103 | In an induction motor, the variable mechanical load is represented electrically by ___ |
| 5104 | The no-load current in an induction motor is ___ |
| 5105 | In an Induction motor slip depends on ___ |
| 5106 | The induced voltage in a single loop reverses ___ |
| 5107 | If a current carrying conductor is placed in the uniform magnetic field with its plane perpendicular to the direction of ___ |
| 5108 | Which type of emf is induced in the dc generator ___ |
| 5109 | Sparkless commutation can be achieved by employing ___ |
| 5110 | Eddy currents are induced in the pole shoes of ___ |
| 5111 | The ventilating ducts in dc machines are generally ___ |
| 5112 | The yoke in the dc machine is laminated ___ |
| 5113 | Reluctance torque in rotating machines is present when ___ |
| 5114 | In a dc generator the residual magnetism is of the order of ___ |
| 5115 | The efficiency of a dc motor when developing maximum power will ___ |
| 5116 | Which of the following induction motor will be operating at lowest value of ___ |
| 5117 | Under which of the following starting methods an induction motor draws ___ |
| 5118 | The size of high speed motor will be ___ |
| 5119 | The starting torque of induction motor varies as ___ |
| 5120 | Squirrel cage induction motors are not favored when ___ |
| 5121 | Unbalanced three phase voltage supply to an ___ |
| 5122 | In double cage induction motor the resistance of the upper cage is ___ |
| 5123 | The yoke of the dc machine is made of ___ |
| 5124 | The induced voltage in a single loop ___ |
| 5125 | In DC machine ___ |
| 5126 | If a current carrying conductor is placed in the uniform magnetic field with its plane perpendicular to the ___ |
| 5127 | Which type of emf is induced in the ___ |
| 5128 | In DC machine, commuataor converts ___ |
| 5129 | Comutator in DC machine acts as ___ |
| 5130 | Sparkless commutation can be achieved by ___ |
| 5131 | In DC Generator the residual magnetism will be of ___ |
| 5132 | In DC Generator the critical resistance refers to ___ |
| 5133 | Eddy currents are induced in the pole shoes of dc ___ |
| 5134 | The armature of the dc machines are laminated to ___ |
| 5135 | The ventilating ducts in dc machines are ___ |
| 5136 | The armature of the dc machine is made of ___ |
| 5137 | Poles of the dc machine is ___ |
| 5138 | The yoke in the dc machine is ___ |
| 5139 | The DC generator is considered as ___ |
| 5140 | Reluctance torque in rotating machines is ___ |
| 5141 | A conductor is rotating within a magnetic field ___ |
| 5142 | Fleming’s Left hand rule is applicable to ___ |
| 5143 | The direction of rotation of dc shunt motor can be reversed by ___ |
| 5144 | In a dc compound motor field regulator is ___ |
| 5145 | The output indicated on the name plate of any motor is ___ |
| 5146 | With the increase in the speed of a ___ |
| 5147 | In an arc welding in order to obtain steady arc one should ___ |
| 5148 | Flashing of field of dc generator means ___ |
| 5149 | In a rotating electrical machine the torque produced will be ___ |
| 5150 | For parallel operation, the dc shunt generator normally preferred are ___ |
| 5151 | The terminal voltage of the dc shunt generator on ___ |
| 5152 | In a dc generator the residual magnetism is of ___ |
| 5153 | If we increase the field of the dc generator, its ___ |
| 5154 | In a separately excited dc generator the field is connected to ___ |
| 5155 | The speed of dc shunt motor can be increased above its ___ |
| 5156 | When the torque of dc series motor is tripled, the ___ |
| 5157 | If the supply voltage to a dc shunt motor is increased by 15%, which of the ___ |
| 5158 | The dc motor that draws almost same power at different loads is: |
| 5159 | The dc motor, that has poorest speed regulation is ___ |
| 5160 | A DC shunt motor may have rising speed-torque characteristics due to ___ |
| 5161 | The starting torque of dc shunt motor is ___ |
| 5162 | In a dc motor, the shaft torque is less than ___ |
| 5163 | In an electrical motor, the electromagnetic torque developed is ___ |
| 5164 | A DC shunt motor is running at light load, what happens if the field winding gets opened? |
| 5165 | The direction of rotation of a dc compound motor can be reversed by ___ |
| 5166 | A dc motor having full load speed of 75 rpm and speed regulation of ___ |
| 5167 | The efficiency of a dc motor when developing maximum power will be ___ |
| 5168 | The horse power obtained from the motor shaft is ___ |
| 5169 | In conversion of 3-phase to 2-phase supply with T connection, the transformation ratio of the teaser will be ___ |
| 5170 | The harmonic currents in a power transformer does not ___ |
| 5171 | An auto transformer is preferred over an ordinary two ___ |
| 5172 | Zero sequence currents can flow from a line into a transformer bank if ___ |
| 5173 | In a transformer, with closed magnetic coupling between primary and ___ |
| 5174 | Booster transformer should ___ |
| 5175 | Distortion of the whole core and subsequent damage to the coil insulation due to ___ |
| 5176 | The rating of the Transformer ___ |
| 5177 | About the Electrical Machines MCQ category |